TIDMINPP

RNS Number : 8879F

International Public Partnerships

24 March 2022

The Full Year Results for the 12 months to 31 Dec 21 announcement released on 24 March 2022 at 7am under RNS 8325F is replaced by the announcement below. The amendment includes the covering information in the first 5 pages. All other information is unchanged.

THIS ANNOUNCEMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS NOT FOR PUBLICATION, RELEASE, OR DISTRIBUTION, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN, OR INTO, THE UNITED STATES, AUSTRALIA, CANADA, JAPAN, SOUTH AFRICA OR ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE SAME WOULD BE UNLAWFUL OR TO U.S. PERSONS. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF SECURITIES FOR SALE IN ANY JURISDICTION.

24 March 2022

INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED

('INPP', 'the Company')

FULL YEAR RESULTS FOR THE YEARED 31 DECEMBER 2021

A successful year with strong operational and financial performance. Well-positioned for growth with continuing high levels of inflation linkage in its cashflows

London - International Public Partnerships (LON: INPP), the FTSE 250-listed infrastructure investment company, is pleased to announce its results for the year ended 31 December 2021.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS[i]

   --    Increase in NAV per share to 148.2 pence per share (31 December 2020: 147.1 pence per share). 

-- Full-year dividend growth of 2.6% to 7.55 pence per share (31 December 2020: 7.36 pence per share) supported by 2021 cash dividend cover of 1.1x[ii].

-- Reaffirmed dividend guidance for 2022 of 7.74 pence per share, and issued new guidance for 2023 of 7.93 pence per share[iii] which is consistent with the Company's historic c.2.5% average annual dividend growth.

   --    IFRS profit before tax of GBP129.2 million (31 December 2020: GBP60.8 million). 

-- The cash flows generated by the Company's investment portfolio continue to be underpinned by strong inflation-linkage ( a 1.0% increase in assumed inflation rates across all assets is projected to result in a 0.7% increase in portfolio returns)[iv].

-- The Company's shares also maintained a continued low correlation to the FTSE All Share Index of 0.22 over the 12 months to 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: 0.53) demonstrating the resilience of the Company's activities.

OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS

   --    The Company delivered a further year of strong investment portfolio performance in 2021. 

-- Approximately GBP253 million of capital was deployed into new investments across transport, energy, social infrastructure and digital sectors, including the Company's first investment in Denmark.

-- The Company raised GBP135 million of capital for deployment into new investment opportunities, exceeding the Board's GBP100 million target for the raise.

-- The Company further enhanced its ESG reporting capability, with the publication of the Company's inaugural sustainability report underpinning INPP as a leading choice for sustainability focused investors.

PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW

The year to 31 December 2021 was successful for the Company. It was characterised by strong portfolio performance with cash generation in line with projections which allowed the Company to continue its established trend of dividend growth.

The Company continued to source attractive new investments that are expected to enhance the Company's overall portfolio cashflow as well as contribute to additional projected future inflation protection.

The Company through its Investment Adviser has the benefit of a pipeline of future investment opportunities with an estimated investment value in excess of GBP185 million. Other things being equal, and subject to the availability of capital, these opportunities are expected to be capable of being invested into by the Company in 2022.

Whilst overall the portfolio has performed well throughout the pandemic, it has continued to experience some impact to a small number of the Company's investments. The performance of these assets has started to improve and is expected to continue to do so during the course of 2022.

Diabolo Rail Link experienced the greatest impact during the period, as Brussels airport continued to see reduced numbers of passengers using its services. However, independent forecasts predict a gradual recovery in passenger volumes during 2022 and thereafter.

Tideway has continued to make good progress with construction works 73% complete at 31 December 2021. Tideway continued discussions with Ofwat regarding additional measures to mitigate the impact on Tideway's investors of both Covid-19 related costs and the Financing Cost Adjustment Mechanism. Subsequent to a provisional agreement with Tideway, Ofwat launched the requisite public consultation in December 2021. As the consultation was ongoing at the valuation date, the 31 December 2021 valuation of the Company's investment in Tideway included a prudent assessment of the outcome of the consultation and the necessary licence modification process. The consultation closed post-period end in January 2022 and the license modifications came into effect in March 2022.

In addition, the appeal by Cadent to the Competition and Markets Authority ('CMA') of Ofgem's final determination in respect of the five-year regulatory period beginning April 2021 closed during the period. The CMA published its final determination in October 2021 and the findings were modestly positive for the Company's valuation of Cadent relative to the valuation published at 30 June 2021.

INVESTMENTS IN THE PERIOD

During 2021, the Company completed GBP252.7 million of new and follow-on investments across the education, judicial, energy transmission, transport, digital and health sectors. Highlights include:

   --    Energy transmission, UK | SDGs 7 and 13: Affordable and clean energy, and climate action 

The Company reached financial close on the Beatrice and Rampion Offshore Transmission projects ('OFTOs'), the eighth and ninth OFTO investments in the portfolio. The investments increase the number of homes that the Company's OFTO portfolio is capable of powering to approximately 2.1 million. INPP is also preferred bidder on East Anglia One OFTO and post-period end has been named preferred bidder on Moray East OFTO, with both investments due to complete in H2 2022. This will bring the total number of OFTO investments in the Company's portfolio to 11, underpinning its contribution to the UK's transition to a zero-carbon economy.

   --    Transport, UK | SDG 11: Sustainable cities and communities 

The Company completed an additional c.5% investment in Angel Trains, the UK's largest rolling stock company serving the UK passenger rail sector with a diversified fleet of more than 4,000 vehicles (the majority of which are electric multiple units). The Company's additional investment of c.GBP98 million makes Angel Trains the third largest investment holding in the portfolio, by value.

   --    Judiciary, Germany | SDG 16: Peace, justice and strong institutions 

The Company reached financial close on Offenbach Police Centre, a new police headquarters project in South-East Hesse in Offenbach, Germany. The Company invested GBP8.1 million for a 45% shareholding. The newly-built centre will provide office space, meeting areas, cells, forensic laboratories, a nursery and cafeteria for c.1,000 staff. The building has also been designed sustainability, with key features including c.890 solar power panels generating 302kWp, a combined head and power plant, and a low-energy heating and cooling system.

   --    PPP Portfolio, UK | SDGs 3 and 4: Good Health and Wellbeing, and Quality education 

The Company acquired a small portfolio of UK PPP investments including initial interests in Townlands Community Hospital, Henley; Eltham Community Hospital and minority interests in Building Schools for Future ('BSF') projects sTaG 1 and 2. Investments in minority interests of a further five BSF schemes for the same portfolio is expected to be made by the Company during 2022; the first of these is expected to close in H1 2022.

-- BSF Projects and Private Finance Initiative ('PFI') schemes, UK | SDGs 3 and 4: Good Health and Wellbeing, and Quality education

Building on the Company's existing portfolio of education investments in the UK, the Company acquired additional interests in Bradford and Lewisham BSF projects and interests in three healthcare PFI schemes. The BSF projects comprise 14 schools providing education facilities to over 17,000 pupils across the Bradford and Lewisham areas in the UK. The Three Shires schemes comprise the design, build, funding and partial operation of four small community healthcare facilities under the Three Shires banner located in East Lincolnshire, Leicester and Derbyshire.

-- PPP Portfolio, Denmark | SDGs 4, 9 & 16: Quality education; Industry, innovation and infrastructure; Peace, justice and strong institutions

The Company acquired an interest in a portfolio of four PPP projects that deliver availability-based, long-term, predictable cash flows. The projects are geographically spread across Denmark and deliver essential infrastructure to local communities, including a land registry court building, a hospital car park facility, and two schools accommodating 900 and 600 pupils respectively.

-- Flinders University Health and Medical Research Building ('HMRB'), Australia | SDGs 3 and 4: Good Health and Wellbeing, and Quality education

The Company was awarded the project as part of a consortium which included Amber and Tetris Capital. The HMRB is the flagship development of the Flinders Village project, an integrated health and education precinct development on Flinders University's Bedford Park campus. The HMRB will co-locate research, clinical and technological platforms to further Flinders University's longstanding contributions to the health, education and medical sectors.

OUTLOOK

The Company has remained resilient throughout the pandemic, delivering robust performance amid turbulent macroeconomic conditions. Rising levels of inflation have emerged as a new key issue across the economies in which the Company invests. The Company takes comfort from the strong inflation-linked nature of the cash flows generated by the Company's investment portfolio (a 1.0% increase in assumed inflation rates across all assets is projected to result in a 0.7% increase in portfolio returns)(iv) .

Climate change remains a significant long-term risk facing society. Given infrastructure investment's long-term approach to public policy, capital allocation and economic growth, the Company is confident in the role infrastructure will play at the heart of governments' efforts to deliver sustainable, fairer societies. With a strong foundation in long-term PPP and infrastructure businesses, and a proven capability to invest sustainability, INPP is well-placed to lead the response to these challenges.

While the Company's chosen markets offer opportunities for further investment and growth, the impact of geopolitical unrest cannot be underestimated, as the events of the war in Ukraine unfold. The Company continues to actively monitor the situation, to ensure the portfolio of investments is protected from the direct and indirect impacts of the war, to the extent it can be. The Company's Investment Adviser and employees continue to offer support via donations to humanitarian charities, and the Board and its Investment Adviser's thoughts are with those affected in the region.

Mike Gerrard, Chair of International Public Partnerships, said: "I am pleased to report another period of resilient operational and financial performance by the Company, against the persistently complex backdrop of post-pandemic recovery, rising inflation and, increasingly, the global impact of the shocking war in Ukraine. INPP's portfolio continues to meet our expectations and we are optimistic for the year ahead. The Board remains confident in the Company's ability to play a central role in the development of infrastructure that meets the needs of local communities, institutions and the environment, while simultaneously generating highly visible, inflation-linked cash flows to underpin the Company's investment case."

A copy of the results presentation can be downloaded from the Company's website:

www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com

S

NOTES TO EDITORS

Amber Infrastructure FTI Consulting

Erica Sibree / Amy Edwards Ed Berry / Mitch Barltrop

+44 (0) 7557 646 499 / (0) 7827 238 355 +44 (0) 7703 330 199 / (0) 7807 296 032

About International Public Partnerships ('INPP'):

INPP is a listed infrastructure investment company that invests in global public infrastructure projects and businesses, which meets societal and environmental needs, both now, and into the future.

INPP is a responsible, long-term investor in over 140 infrastructure projects and businesses. The portfolio consists of utility and transmission, transport, education, health, justice and digital infrastructure projects and businesses, in the UK, Europe, Australia and North America. INPP seeks to provide its shareholders with both a long-term yield and capital growth.

Amber Infrastructure Group ('Amber') is the Investment Adviser to INPP and consists of approximately 150 staff who are responsible for the management of, advice on and origination of infrastructure investments.

Visit the INPP website at www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com for more information.

Important Information

This announcement contains information that is inside information for the purposes of the Market Abuse Regulation (EU) No. 596/2014.

This announcement is an advertisement. It does not constitute a prospectus relating to the Company and does not constitute, or form part of, any offer or invitation to sell or issue, or any solicitation of any offer to purchase or subscribe for, any shares in the Company in any jurisdiction nor shall it, or any part of it, or the fact of its distribution, form the basis of, or be relied on in connection with or act as any inducement to enter into, any contract therefor.

Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties and accordingly the Company's actual future financial results and operational performance may differ materially from the results and performance expressed in, or implied by, the statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as at the date of this announcement. The Company, Amber and Numis Securities expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect actual results or any change in the assumptions, conditions or circumstances on which any such statements are based unless required to do so by the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority or other applicable laws, regulations or rules.

International Public Partnerships Limited

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Registered number: 45241

www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com

Note: Page references in this announcement refer to the full formatted Annual Financial Report for the period ended 31 December 2021 that can be found on the Company's website. Certain charts cannot be reproduced for the RNS format and can also be seen in the PDF version of this document available on the Company's website.

OUR PURPOSE

Our purpose is to invest responsibly in social and public infrastructure that delivers long-term benefits for all stakeholders.

We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-term, inflation-linked returns, based on growing dividends and the potential for capital appreciation.

We expect to achieve this by investing in a diversified portfolio of infrastructure assets and businesses which, through our active management, meets societal and environmental needs both now and into the future

COMPANY FACTS

   -       London Stock Exchange trading code: INPP.L 
   -       Member of the FTSE 250 and FTSE All-Share indices 
   -       GBP2.9 billion market capitalisation at 31 December 2021 
   -       1,706 million shares in issue at 31 December 2021 
   -       Eligible for ISA/PEPs and SIPPs 
   -       Guernsey incorporated company 

- International Public Partnerships (the 'Company', 'INPP', the 'Group' (where including consolidated entities)) shares are excluded from the Financial Conduct Authority's restrictions, which apply to non-mainstream investment products, and can be recommended by independent financial advisers to their clients

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT

In support of its purpose, the Company is committed to responsible investment that is beneficial to its shareholders, communities, society and wider stakeholders. The Company believes that the financial performance of its investments is linked to environmental and social success and, as such, the Company considers issues that have the potential to impact the performance of its investments, both now and in the future.

The Company draws on several frameworks and benchmarks to provide direction. These frameworks are reviewed on an annual basis to ensure that the Company remains at the forefront of sustainable investment, operations and reporting. The Company's Investment Adviser, Amber Infrastructure Limited ('Amber') is a signatory of the UN-backed Principles for Responsible Investment ('PRI').

The Company supports the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development adopted by the UN Member States in 2015. Alignment with the SDGs is a key part of the Company's approach to ESG integration. The Company contributes towards the SDGs in two main ways: the positive impact investments have on sustainable development and our aim to manage investments sustainably.

The Company has taken steps to strengthen the alignment of its investment activity with the objectives of the Paris Agreement and is a supporter of the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures ('TCFD').

GLOSSARY

Certain words and terms used throughout the Annual Report and financial statements are defined in the glossary on page 116. Where alternative performance measures ('APMs') are used, these are identified by being marked with an * and further information on the measure can be found in the glossary.

COVER IMAGE

Investment: Tinglysningsretten in Hobro, Design: Cubo Arktekter, Photo: Helene Høyer Mikkelsen.

FULL-YEAR FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-term, inflation-linked returns, based on growing dividends and the potential for capital appreciation.

DIVIDS

7.55p - 2021 full-year dividend per share(1)

7.74p - 2022 full-year dividend target per share(2)

7.93p - 2023 full-year dividend target per share(2)

2.6% - 2021 divident growth(2*)

1.1x - Cash dividend covered(3) (2020: 1.2x)

NET ASSET VALUE ('NAV') (4*)

GBP2.5bn - NAV at 31 December 2021 (4) (2020: GBP2.4bn)

148.2p - NAV per share at 31 December 2021(4) (2020: 147.1p)

6.1 % - Increase in NAV (2020: -1.7%)

0.7% - Increase in NAV per share* (2020: -2.3%)

PORTFOLIO ACTIVITY

GBP252.7m - Cash investments made during 2021 (2020: GBP30.0m)

REAL RETURNS

0.7% - Portfolio inflation-linked returns* at 31 December 2021(5) (2020: 0.8%)

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN ('TSR')*

245.0% - TSR since Initial Public Offering ('IPO')(6)

8.5%p.a. - Annualised TSR since IPO(6)

PROFIT

GBP129.2m - Profit before tax (2020: GBP60.8m)

1 The forecast date for payment of the dividend relating to the six months to 31 December 2021 is 7 June 2022.

2 Future profit projection and dividends cannot be guaranteed. Projections are based on current estimates and may vary in future.

3 Cash dividend payments to investors are paid from net operating cash flow before capital activity* as detailed on pages 28 to 29.

   4        The methodology used to determine the NAV is described in detail on pages 30 to 37. 

5 Calculated by running a 'plus 1.0%' inflation sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment's discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked return is the increase in the portfolio weighted average discount rate.

6 Since inception in November 2006. Source: Bloomberg. Share price appreciation plus dividends assumed to be reinvested.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

CONSISTENT AND SUSTAINED RETURNS

INPP Dividend Payments

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

PREDICTABLE portfolio performance

P rojected Investment Receipts

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

 
 LOW RISK AND DIVERSIFIED PORTFOLIO 
  Sector Breakdown Energy Transmission    22% 
  ---------------------  ---- 
   Transport              21% 
  ---------------------  ---- 
   Education              18% 
  ---------------------  ---- 
   Gas Distribution       15% 
  ---------------------  ---- 
   Waste Water             9% 
  ---------------------  ---- 
   Health                  4% 
  ---------------------  ---- 
   Military Housing        3% 
  ---------------------  ---- 
   Digital                 2% 
  ---------------------  ---- 
   Courts                  2% 
  ---------------------  ---- 
   Other                   4% 
 
  142 investments in infrastructure investments and businesses across 
  a variety of sectors(1) 
 
  Geographic Split UK           75% 
  -----------  ---- 
   Australia     8% 
  -----------  ---- 
   Belgium       7% 
  -----------  ---- 
   Germany       4% 
  -----------  ---- 
   US            3% 
  -----------  ---- 
   Canada        2% 
  -----------  ---- 
   Ireland       1% 
  -----------  ---- 
   Denmark      <1% 
  -----------  ---- 
   Italy        <1% 
 
  Invested in selected global regions that meet INPP's specific risk 
  and return requirements 
 
  Investment Type Risk Capital(2)    91% 
  -----------------  ---- 
   Senior Debt         9% 
 
  Invested across the capital structure, taking into account appropriate 
  risk-return profiles 
 

Investment Ownership

 
 100%       47% 
---------  ---- 
 50%-100%    7% 
---------  ---- 
 <50%       46% 
 

Preference to hold majority stakes

Mode of Acquisition/Investment Status

 
 Construction                9% 
-------------------------  ---- 
 Operational                91% 
-------------------------  ---- 
 Early Stage Investor(3)    65% 
-------------------------  ---- 
 Later Stage Investor(4)    35% 
 

Early stage investment gives first mover advantage maximises capital growth opportunities

Investment Life

 
 <20 years      48% 
-------------  ---- 
 20-30 years    20% 
-------------  ---- 
 >30 years      32% 
 

Weighted average portfolio life of 33 years(5)

1. The majority of projects and businesses benefit from availability-based or regulated revenues.

2. Risk Capital includes both investment and business level equity and subordinated shareholder debt.

3. 'Early Stage Investor' - investments developed or originated by the Investment Adviser or predecessor team in primary or early phase investments.

4. 'Later stage investor' - assets acquired from a third party investor in the secondary market.

5. Includes non-concession entities which have potentially a perpetual life but assumed to have finite lives for this illustration.

International Public Partnerships invests in high-quality infrastructure assets and businesses that are sustainable over the long term

We have a long-standing relationship with Amber, the Company's Investment Adviser

Amber has sourced and managed the Company's investments since IPO in 2006

- Amber is a specialist international infrastructure investment manager and one of the largest independent teams in the sector with over 150 employees working internationally. It is a leading investment originator, asset and fund manager with a strong track record

- Amber applies an active asset management approach to the underlying investments to support sustainable performance

- The Company has first right of refusal over qualifying infrastructure investments identified by Amber and for US investments, by Amber's long-term investor, US Group, Hunt Companies LLC ('Hunt')

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

OUR STRENGTHS

   -       Long-term alignment of interests between the Company, Amber and other key suppliers 

- Amber has physical presence in all of the major countries in which we invest, which provides local insights and relationships

   -       A vertically integrated model with direct relationships with public sector authorities 
   -       Experienced team in all aspects of infrastructure development, investment and management 
   -       Active approach to investment stewardship which is the cornerstone of successful investment 
   -       Consideration and integration of material ESG risks and opportunities 
   -       Active engagement with all key stakeholders 

- Strong independent Board (seven of the eight Directors are independent) with a diversity of experience and strong corporate governance

STRATEGIC REPORT

BUSINESS MODEL - DELIVERING long-term benefits

OUR PURPOSE

Our purpose is to invest responsibly in social and public infrastructure that delivers long-term benefits for all stakeholders.

We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-term, inflation-linked returns, based on growing dividends and the potential for capital appreciation.

We expect to achieve this by investing in a diversified portfolio of infrastructure assets and businesses, which through our active management, meets societal and environmental needs both now and into the future.

what we do

SOURCE

The Company operates a rigorous framework of governance, incorporating a streamlined screening, diligence and execution process. This includes substantive input from the Company's Investment Adviser and, as appropriate, external advisers, with the Company's Board providing robust challenge and scrutiny

INVEST

We seek new investments through our extensive relationships, knowledge and insights to:

   -       Enhance long-term, inflation-linked cash flows 
   -       Provide opportunities to create long-term value and enhance returns 
   -       Ensure ESG is core to the investment process 

OPTIMISE

Using the Investment Adviser's highly experienced in-house asset management team, we seek to actively manage the Company's investments, balancing risk and return, and using detailed research and analysis to optimise the Company's financial and ESG performance

DELIVER

Together with our Investment Adviser's active asset management of our investments, we aim to deliver strong ongoing asset performance for stakeholders and achieve target returns from the portfolio for investors

VALUE-FOCUSED PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT

- We seek a portfolio of investments with no or low exposure to market demand risks and for which financial, macroeconomic, regulatory, ESG and country risks are well understood and manageable

- The Investment Adviser has a strong investment team that originates unique opportunities in line with the Company's investment strategy

   -       We continually monitor opportunities to enhance the Company's existing investments 

- The Company draws on the Investment Adviser's award-winning sustainability programme, 'Amber Horizons', to inform areas for future investment

ACTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT

- The Investment Adviser has an in-house asset management team dedicated to managing the Company's investments

- Where possible, through the Investment Adviser, we manage the day-to-day activities of each of our investments internally

- We carry out extensive monitoring, for example, asset level board and management meetings occur on a quarterly basis

- The Company works with public sector clients, partners and service providers to ensure investments are being managed both responsibly and efficiently to deliver the required outputs

- We focus on investment stewardship across the portfolio and recognise the broader value created from our investments

efficient financial management

   -       Efficient financial management of investment cash flows and working capital 
   -       Maintaining cash covered dividends 
   -       Ensuring cost-effective operations 

CONTINUOUS risk management

   -       Robust risk analysis during investment origination ensures strong portfolio development 
   -       Integrated risk management throughout the investment cycle to support strategic objectives 
   -       Ongoing risk assessment and mitigation supports successful ongoing asset performance 

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT

   -       Integrated ESG considerations across the investment lifecycle 
   -       Robust ESG objectives to build resilience and drive environmental and social progress 
   -       Upholding high standards of business integrity and governance 

VALUE CREATION

investor returns

Continuing to deliver consistent financial returns for investors through dividend growth* and inflation-linked returns from underlying cash flows and providing opportunities for capital appreciation

PUBLIC SECTOR AND OTHER CLIENTS

Providing responsible investment in infrastructure to support the delivery of essential public services and broader societal objectives (e.g. supporting the path to net zero). Our ability to deliver services and maintain relationships with our clients and other key stakeholders is vital for the long-term prosperity of each investment

communities

Delivering sustainable social infrastructure for the benefit of local communities. The Company's investments provide vital public assets for their communities, and seek to provide additional benefits through deploying investment in local economies, job creation and by using investments to help strengthen communities

SUPPLIERS AND THEIR EMPLOYEES

The performance of our service providers, supply chain and their employees is crucial for the long-term success of our investments. The Company promotes a progressive approach to:

   -       Corporate social responsibility 
   -       Safe, healthy, inclusive workplaces 
   -       Opportunities for professional development 
   -       Staff engagement 

STRATEGIC REPORT

OBJECTIVES AND PERFORMANCE

The value we provide to our investors is monitored using our Investor Return Key Performance Indicators ('KPIs'). The delivery of value to both investors and our wider stakeholders is achieved by carefully monitoring our performance against related strategic priorities

 
 INVESTOR RETURNS        Delivering long-term,   - Target an annual                   - 2.6% Annual dividend 
                          inflation-linked        dividend increase                    increase achieved 
                          returns to investors    of 2.5%                              (2020: 2.5%) 
                                                 - Target a long-term                 - 7.7% p.a. IRR achieved 
                                                  total return of at                   since IPO(1) 
                                                  least 7.0% per annum                 (2020: 7.7%) 
 
                                                  - Inflation-linked                   - 0.7% Inflation-linked 
                                                  returns on a portfolio               returns* on a portfolio 
                                                  basis                                basis 
                                                                                       (2020: 0.8%) 
-----------------  ---------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------------------------- 
 Value-focused           Originate investments   New investments meet                   100% of the investments 
  portfolio               with stable,            at least three of                      made in 2021 met at least 
  development             long-term cash          six attributes:                        three of the six attributes 
                          flows and potential     1. Stable, long-term                   (2020: 100%) 
                          growth attributes,      returns 
                          whilst maintaining      2. Inflation-linked 
                          a balanced portfolio    investor cash flows 
                          of assets               3. Early stage investor 
                                                  4. Investment secured 
                                                  through preferential 
                                                  access 
                                                  5. Other capital enhancement 
                                                  attributes 
                                                  6. Positive SDG contribution 
-----------------  ---------------------------  --------------------------------  ----------------------------------- 
 ACTIVE ASSET            Managing strong              - Strong ongoing                  - 100% Forecast distributions 
  MANAGEMENT              ongoing asset                asset performance                 received for 2021(2) 
                          performance                  as demonstrated by:               (2020: 88.4%) 
 
                                                                                         - 0.1% Asset performance 
                                                                                         deductions achieved against 
                                                                                         a target of <3% during 
                                                                                         2021 
                                                                                         (2020: 0.1%) 
 
                                                                                         - 99.8% Asset availability 
                                                                                         achieved against a target 
                                                                                         of >98% during 2021 
                                                                                         (2020: 99.7%) 
 efficient               Making efficient        - Cash covered dividends*              - 1.1x Dividends fully 
  financial               use of the Company's                                           cash covered for 2021 
  management              finances and            - Competitive ongoing                  (2020: 1.2x) 
                          working capital         charges                                - 1.18% Ongoing charges 
                                                                                         ratio for 2021 
                                                                                         (2020: 1.18%) 
-----------------  ---------------------------  --------------------------------  ----------------------------------- 
 Responsible             Management of           - Robust integration              - A+ The Company's Investment 
  Investment              material ESG            of ESG into investment            Adviser's score for the 
                          factors                 lifecycle                         UN-backed PRI 2020 assessment 
                                                                                    for both the Strategy 
                                                                                    and Governance and the 
                                                                                    Infrastructure modules(3) 
                                                 - Positive SDG contribution       - 100% Percentage of 
                                                  for new investments               investments in the period 
                                                                                    that positively support 
                                                                                    targets outlined by the 
                                                                                    SDGs(4) 
-----------------  ---------------------------  --------------------------------  ----------------------------------- 
 
 

1 Calculated by reference to the November 2006 IPO issue price of 100p and reflecting NAV appreciation plus dividends paid.

2 Measured by comparing forecast portfolio distributions against actual portfolio distributions received. In the current year, actual portfolio distributions exceeded forecast.

3 In its first year of participation, the Company's Investment Adviser achieved A+ in the UN-backed PRI 2020 assessment for both the Strategy and Governance and the Infrastructure modules.

4 The Company aims to manage and monitor any potential adverse impact as outlined on page 41.

CHAIR'S LETTER

This has again been a difficult year for the people who use, build, operate, maintain and manage the Company's investments. So foremost I and my fellow directors wish to thank our stakeholders, supply chain partners and, especially, our Investment Adviser, who have all had to deal with the ongoing and wide-ranging impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic on their working and personal lives, whilst striving to ensure that public services have continued to be delivered by the Company's investments. Within this challenging context, I am therefore doubly pleased to be able to report that the Company had another successful year in 2021. Notable highlights during the 12 months to 31 December 2021 included:

   -     Maintaining our record of dividend growth; 
   -     Further strong operational performance of the Company's portfolio; 

- Approximately GBP253 million of capital deployed into new investments across the transport, energy, social infrastructure and digital sectors, including the Company's first investments in Denmark;

   -     Raising GBP135 million of new capital; and 

- Further enhancement of our ESG reporting, establishing INPP as a leading choice of investment for sustainability focused investors.

Whilst some individual asset performance was inevitably impacted by the pandemic over the course of the year, overall the portfolio experienced limited disruption which illustrates its resilience to such shocks.

Looking forward, the Company remains confident that its business model and investment objectives will continue to offer a significant degree of protection for our investors. Moreover, the Board continues to see a positive outlook for new investment opportunities.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Over the period, the Company's NAV per share increased from 147.1 pence at 31 December 2020 to 148.2 pence at 31 December 2021. The Company reported a profit for the year of GBP129.2 million (31 December 2020: GBP60.8 million).

Furthermore, the Company grew its dividend to 7.55 pence per share for the 2021 financial year, whilst maintaining fully cash covered dividends (cash dividend cover at 1.1x (2020: 1.2x)). The Board continues to expect to deliver further growth in our dividend. The dividend growth for the 12 months to 31 December 2021 of 2.6% is consistent with the c.2.5% average annual dividend growth that has been delivered to investors since the Company's inception, and the Board is also pleased to reaffirm its dividend target for 2022 of 7.74 pence per share and provide new guidance of 7.93 pence per share for 2023.

The Company's overall robust performance and ability to deliver a growing dividend have been consistent features throughout its history. I note that investors who became shareholders in the Company at its inception in 2006 have achieved a TSR of 245.0%, or 8.5% on an annualised basis on their initial investment. The Company's full-year financial highlights are set out on page 1.

PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW

Whilst overall the portfolio performed well in 2021, the pandemic continued to impact a small number of the Company's investments, whose performance has already started to improve and is expected to continue to do so during the course of 2022.

Diabolo Rail Link ('Diabolo') has experienced the greatest impact, as Brussels airport saw much reduced numbers of passengers using its services. However, independent forecasts predict a gradual recovery in passenger volumes during 2022 and thereafter. Discussions are ongoing with Infrabel, the Belgian rail network owner, over the implementation of contractual protections that have the potential to mitigate some of this impact, although no such mitigation is assumed within the Company's current valuation of its investment in Diabolo.

Tideway, the company building the 25km 'super sewer' under the River Thames in London, has continued to make good progress with construction 73% complete as at 31 December 2021 and with the primary tunnelling expected to be complete in the coming months. As reported previously, Tideway has been in discussions with Ofwat regarding additional measures to mitigate the impact on Tideway's investors of both Covid-19 related cost overruns and the Financing Cost Adjustment Mechanism ('FCAM'). Subsequent to a provisional agreement with Tideway, Ofwat launched a public consultation in December 2021 to gain views from interested parties on the proposed amendments. As the consultation was ongoing at the valuation date, the 31 December 2021 valuation of the Company's investment in Tideway included a prudent assessment of the outcome of the consultation and the necessary licence modification process. The consultation subsequently closed in January 2022 and the licence modifications came into effect in March 2022.

There has also been satisfactory resolution of the appeal by Cadent (our gas distribution investment) to the Competition and Markets Authority ('CMA') against regulator Ofgem's final determination in respect of the five-year regulatory period beginning April 2021. The CMA published its final determination in October 2021 and the findings were modestly positive for the Company's valuation of Cadent.

Overall, the activities in this period have continued to emphasise the need for, and success of, the Investment Adviser's active asset management approach, given the central role it plays in delivering the long-term performance of the Company.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

During 2021, the Company has completed GBP252.7 million of new and follow-on investments across the education, judicial, energy transmission, transport, digital and health sectors. Highlights include:

- Financial close of a new police headquarters in Offenbach, Germany, investing GBP8.1 million for a 45% shareholding;

- Acquisition of Beatrice and Rampion Offshore Transmissions projects ('OFTOs'), which are the eighth and ninth OFTO investments undertaken by the Company and increases the number of homes that the Company's OFTO portfolio is capable of powering to approximately 2.1 million;

- Completion of an additional c.5% investment in Angel Trains, the largest rolling stock company in the UK. Angel Trains serves the UK passenger rail sector with a diversified fleet of more than 4,000 vehicles, the majority of which are electric multiple units. Angel Trains is now the Company's third largest investment holding in its portfolio, by value;

- The Company's first investments in Denmark, where it acquired four Public-Private Partnership ('PPP') projects, including two schools, a specialist land registry court archive building and a hospital car parking facility; and

- A commitment to invest GBP9.2 million in the Flinders University Health and Medical Research Building ('HMRB') in South Australia.

Please see more information on the Company's investment activity on pages 15 to 17.

INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP AND ESG

The Company's stewardship of its investments is fundamental to its performance. The Company's Investment Adviser continues to engage with its public sector partners and key suppliers to ensure that the projects and businesses in which the Company invests remain available and operational to deliver for the communities which they serve, to the greatest extent possible, whilst protecting the health and safety of staff and users.

The Company aims to be a leader in demonstrating a commitment to ESG issues and has developed a series of ESG KPIs to evidence and monitor this, hand-in-hand with its alignment with TCFD, the EU Sustainable Financial Disclosure Regulation ('SFDR') and anticipated UK-specific SDR disclosures. These KPIs are detailed within the Responsible Investment Section on pages 38 to 48.

During the course of the year, the Company issued its inaugural Sustainability Report(1) . This report reflects the Company's commitment to sustainability and provides investors and other stakeholders with an in-depth view of the Company's integrated approach.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Board succession is of the utmost importance and I am delighted that Stephanie Coxon was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 January 2022. Stephanie is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales and is a non-executive director on several London listed companies. Prior to becoming a full-time non-executive director, Stephanie led the investment trust capital markets team at PricewaterhouseCoopers CI LLP ('PwC') for the UK and Channel Islands. Her appointment anticipates the retirement of Claire Whittet from the Board during 2022.

The Company's ESG Committee, which is chaired by Julia Bond, convened its inaugural meeting in March 2021. The ESG Committee provides oversight and challenge to the Company's ESG-related risks, opportunities and reporting. The Committee's work commenced with the first edition of the Company's Sustainability Report referred to above.

Sally-Ann David was appointed Chair of the Risk Sub-Committee in March 2021, taking over from Julia Bond.

As previously reported, the Company changed its auditors during 2021. Following a formal audit tender completed in 2020, PwC was selected as the Company's new auditor and received shareholder approval at the Company's Annual General Meeting ('AGM') in May 2021. All parties have been working closely to ensure a smooth and effective auditor transition.

The Management Engagement Committee ('MEC'), chaired by Claire Whittet, undertakes regular reviews of the Investment Adviser's performance and that of the other suppliers to the Company. We continue to be well served by our Investment Adviser and, consistent with this productive and engaged relationship, during the course of 2021 we were pleased to agree a further reduction in the investment management fee charged to the Company. This has now been reduced from 90bps to 80bps in respect of fully operational assets with an adjusted gross asset value in excess of GBP2.75 billion.

The approach of the Board to corporate governance is one of continuous improvement and, during 2021, the Board implemented the recommendations of an externally-facilitated review of its performance, completed at the end of 2020. The Board continues to comply with the Association of Investment Companies ('AIC') Code of Corporate Governance, which ensures the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code relevant to an investment fund are adhered to. Further details are set out in the Corporate Governance section of this Report.

CURRENT ENVIRONMENT AND OUTLOOK

Our portfolio's performance has been robust throughout the pandemic; and now, as societies and markets continue their recovery to post-pandemic norms, general levels of inflation have emerged as a new key issue across the economies in which we invest. Whilst the levels at which inflation will peak and the duration of these inflationary periods remain uncertain, we take comfort from the strong inflation-linked returns* of the Company's income streams (0.7%(2) ) and its mitigated exposure to demand risks within the portfolio.

Infrastructure investment is fundamentally about long-termism in public policy, capital allocation and economic growth. It is also the long-term investment horizon of infrastructure which places it front-and-centre of efforts by governments to deliver sustainable and fairer societies. Therefore, whilst events such as the pandemic and the return of inflation may disrupt short-term plans, they do not alter the fundamental investment case for modern infrastructure; in fact, arguably, they strengthen it, as the need for economic resilience becomes ever greater. Moreover, these objectives need to be met within the constraint of stressed public sector balance sheets. Accordingly, we expect that over the medium-term, governments will bring forward a growing number of new infrastructure investment plans, based upon funding solutions requiring private capital. Our strong pipeline of opportunities already reflects this and includes over GBP185 million of investment to which we are already committed or which our Investment Adviser has under development.

We have all learned a great deal from the last two years about the complementary roles of public and private sectors in delivering priority outcomes for society, and of the need for close cooperation in working to common goals. It is this learning which will be applied in tackling climate change - the single greatest long-term risk facing society and in the mitigation of which infrastructure investment will play a pivotal role. The COP26 conference in November last year made clear the scale of challenges that we all face. The Company, with its foundations in long-term PPP and infrastructure businesses, and a proven capability to invest sustainably, is well placed to respond to these challenges. So it is with confidence that we face growing opportunities within our chosen markets.

As I write, the tragic events of the war in Ukraine are unfolding and there has already been significant loss of life and human suffering, with millions of people affected and displaced to neighbouring countries. First and foremost our thoughts are with those people whose lives have been impacted. We are aware that the Company's Investment Adviser and its employees are taking practical steps to provide assistance both through its corporate and social responsibility programme as well as at an individual level where they are able, including donating to humanitarian support charities. We also continue to actively monitor the situation, to ensure that our portfolio of investments is protected, to the extent it can be, from the direct and indirect impacts of the war, as well as continuing to review sanctioned entities / individuals. The Company does not hold any investments in the affected region and we are not aware of any material direct implications for the Company or its portfolio.

I and my fellow Directors thank you for your continued support.

Mike Gerrard

Chair

23 March 2022

1 https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/media/2471/inpp-2021-sustainability-report.pdf.

2 Calculated by running a 'plus 1.0%' inflation sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment's discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked return is the increase in the portfolio weighted average discount rate. Please refer to page 30 for further detail.

TOP 10 INVESTMENTS

The Company's top ten investments by fair value at 31 December 2021 are summarised below. A complete listing of the Company's investments can be found on the Company's website ( www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com ).

 
                                             Status              % holding   % investment   % investment 
                                              at                        at     fair value     fair value       Primary 
 Name of                                      31 December      31 December    31 December    31 December           SDG 
  Investment    Location     Sector           2021                    2021           2021           2020     Supported 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
                             Gas                                   7% Risk 
 Cadent         UK            distribution   Operational           Capital          15.5%          16.5%             9 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Cadent owns four of the UK's eight regional gas distribution networks 
  and in aggregate provides gas to approximately 11 million homes and 
  businesses. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                             Waste           Under                16% Risk 
 Tideway        UK            water           Construction         Capital           9.1%           9.1%             6 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Tideway relates to the design, build and operation of a 25km 
  'super sewer' under the River Thames. 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------ 
                                                                  10% Risk 
 Angel Trains   UK           Transport       Operational           Capital           7.1%           3.1%            11 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Angel Trains is a rolling stock leasing company which owns more than 
  4,000 vehicles. Angel Trains has invested over GBP5 billion in new 
  rolling stock and refurbishment since 1994, and is the second largest 
  investor in the industry after Network Rail. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 Diabolo                                                         100% Risk 
  Rail Link     Belgium      Transport       Operational           Capital           7.0%           7.8%            11 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Diabolo integrates Brussels Airport with the national rail network 
  allowing passengers to access high-speed trains, such as Amsterdam-Brussels-Paris 
  and NS International trains. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                             Energy                              100% Risk 
 Lincs OFTO     UK            transmission   Operational           Capital           6.9%           7.6%             7 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 The project connects the 270MW Lincs offshore wind farm, located 8km 
  off the east coast of England, to the National Grid. The transmission 
  assets comprise the onshore and offshore substations and under-sea 
  cables, 100km in length. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                 100% Risk 
                                                                   Capital 
                                                                  and 100% 
 Ormonde                     Energy                                 senior 
  OFTO          UK            transmission   Operational              debt           4.2%           5.0%             7 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 The project connects the 150MW Ormonde offshore wind farm, located 
  10km off the Cumbrian coast, to the National Grid. The transmission 
  assets comprise the onshore and offshore substations and under-sea 
  cables, 41km in length. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 Reliance                                                         33% Risk 
  Rail          Australia    Transport       Operational           Capital           3.7%           3.9%            11 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Reliance Rail is responsible for financing, designing, delivering 
  and ongoing maintenance of 78 next-generation, electrified, 'Waratah' 
  train sets serving Sydney in New South Wales, Australia. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                 100% Risk 
 BeNEX          Germany      Transport       Operational           Capital           2.8%           3.2%            11 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 BeNEX is both a rolling stock leasing company and an investor in train 
  operating companies ('TOCs'), providing approximately 44 million train 
  km of annual rail transport. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 US Military                 Military                            100% Risk 
  Housing(2)    US            housing        Operational           Capital           2.5%           2.8%            11 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 Two tranches of mezzanine debt underpinned by security over seven 
  operational Public-Private Partnerships ('PPP') military housing projects, 
  relating to a total of 19 operational military bases in the US and 
  comprising c.21,800 individual housing units. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 Beatrice                    Energy                              100% Risk 
  OFTO          UK            transmission   Operational           Capital           2.0%            N/A             7 
-------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  -------------  ------------ 
 The project connects the 588MW Beatrice offshore wind farm, located 
  13.5km off the Caithness coastline of Scotland, to the National Grid. 
  The transmission assets comprise the onshore and offshore substations, 
  20km of onshore export cables and 70km of offshore export cables. 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 
   1.      Risk Capital includes both project level equity and subordinated shareholder debt. 
   2.      Includes two tranches of mezzanine debt into US military housing. 

More detail on significant movements in the Company's portfolio for the year to 31 December 2021 can be found on pages 13 to 17 of the Operating Review.

STRATEGIC REPORT

CASE STUDY - danish ppp portfolio

DIFFERENTIATION OF THE OPERATING MODEL

A key differentiator for the Company is the relationship with its Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser supports the Company (and its investment portfolio entities) with investment origination, financial and asset management services to deliver the best value for its shareholders and wider stakeholders. The Investment Adviser's team of over 150 infrastructure professionals, spread across three continents, are focused on delivering and maintaining high-quality portfolio performance. The Investment Adviser has a demonstrable track record, with high standards of governance, stewardship and relationship management across the Company's investment portfolio of over 140 projects and businesses.

The Company's recent investment in the Danish PPP portfolio demonstrates the Investment Adviser's ability to originate in new geographies delivering assets that are in line with the Company's investment objectives.

DANISH PPP PORTFOLIO

The Company acquired an interest in a portfolio of four PPP projects that deliver availability-based, long-term, predictable cash flows.

The projects, which provide essential infrastructure and are geographically spread across Denmark, include:

- A specialist land registry court archive building in Hobro that accommodates 150 public sector employees;

- A hospital car parking facility with c.550 parking spaces adjoined to a regional hospital in Randers;

   -     A 900-pupil school in Ørsted for 1-16 year olds; 
   -     A 600-pupil school in Vildbjerg for 1-16 year olds. 

Key features of the projects include:

- 100% availability-based revenue streams with public sector counterparties backed by the Danish State;

   -     Long-term stable cashflows with project length of up to 19 years; 
   -     A track record of strong operational performance; 

- Essential infrastructure - the Portfolio's investments all provide social infrastructure services to their respective communities.

SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT

The Company views the development and maintenance of social infrastructure as a key component of delivering the SDGs. In line with its ESG philosophy, the Company believes all investments should be managed sustainably. From a social infrastructure perspective, this starts with the design and construction of the buildings themselves. For example, through the Company's due diligence process, it identified that sustainability was considered in relation to Ørsted school's energy efficiency. Specific design features include classrooms with significant heat loss face south or east, and daylight is used so that the need for artificial lighting is minimised. At the time the school was built, its energy requirements were at least 25% lower than the regulatory requirements.

The Company is now working with its Investment Adviser to identify opportunities for continuous improvement through active management, in line with its Sustainability Policy Aims. Please refer to the Responsible Investment section of this report for a summary of the Company's exploratory work on net zero within its wider Social Infrastructure portfolio.

OUTLOOK

The Company's Investment Adviser has a local presence and the team is continuing to see a number of potential pipeline opportunities in the region.

PRIMARY SDGS SUPPORTED

The investments directly support targets outlined in Sustainable Development Goals 4 (Quality Education), 9 (Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure) and 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions).

STRATEGIC REPORT

OPERATING REVIEW

Value -Focused Portfolio Development

New investments that meet the Company's Investment Policy are made after assessing their risk and return profile relative to the existing portfolio. In particular, we seek investments to complement the existing portfolio through enhancing long-term, inflation-linked cash flows and/or to provide the opportunity for capital growth. The Board regularly reviews the overall composition of the portfolio to ensure it continues to remain aligned with the Company's investment objectives and ensure it is achieving a broad balance of risk. In addition, for all new investments, positive SDG contribution is now a requirement. This is reflected by a standalone ESG KPI, presented on pages 6 to 7.

Desirable key attributes for the portfolio include:

   1.        Long-term, stable returns 
   2.        Inflation-linked investor cash flows 

3. Early stage investor (e.g. the Company is an early stage investor in a new opportunity developed by our Investment Adviser)

4. Investment secured through preferential access (e.g. sourced through pre-emptive rights or through the activities of our Investment Adviser)

5. Other capital enhancement attributes (e.g. potential for additional capital growth through 'de-risking' or the potential for residual/terminal value growth)

   6.        Positive SDG contribution 

Performance against strategic priority KPIs: 100% of investments made in 2021 met at least three of the six attributes (2020: 100%)

During the year to 31 December 2021, the Company invested GBP252.7 million (2020: GBP30.0 million). These opportunities were sourced by the Investment Adviser, either from the start of the project (e.g. early stage developments); through increasing the Company's interest in existing investments; or accessing opportunities as a result of the Company's previous investments and experience. These three origination approaches are the Company's preferred routes to market, as they limit bidding in the competitive secondary market.

Details of investment activity during 2021 are provided below. Please refer to the key performance indicators on pages 6 to 7. Further details for each of these transactions are provided overleaf.

 
 INVESTMENTS     LOCATION             KEY ATTRIBUTES                               OPERATIONAL   INVESTMENT     INVESTMENT 
  MADE DURING                                                                       STATUS                       DATE 
  2021 
                             1        2        3        4        5        6 
--------------------------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 toob            UK                            ü   ü   ü   ü   Operational   GBP14.2        Various 
                                                                                                  million 
--------------  ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 Offenbach       Germany     ü            ü   ü   ü   ü   Operational   GBP8.1         June 2021 
  Police                                                                                         million(1) 
  Centre 
--------------  ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 Beatrice OFTO   UK          ü   ü   ü            ü   ü   Operational   GBP49.8        July 2021 
                                                                                                  million 
--------------  ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 Angel Trains    UK          ü   ü            ü   ü   ü   Operational   GBP97.5        September 
                                                                                                  million       2021 
--------------  ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 Rampion OFTO    UK          ü   ü   ü            ü   ü   Operational   GBP35.4        November 
                                                                                                  million       2021 
--------------  ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 Bradford and    UK          ü   ü            ü   ü   ü   Operational   GBP29.1        November 
  Lewisham BSF                                                                                    million       2021 
  and Three 
  Shires 
  Private 
  Finance 
  Initiatives 
  ('PFI') 
  schemes 
--------------  ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 Danish PPP      Denmark     ü   ü            ü            ü   Operational   GBP14.0        December 
  Portfolio                                                                                       million(1)    2021 
--------------  ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 Diabolo         Belgium              ü            ü            ü   Operational   GBP1.5         December 
                                                                                                 million(1,2)   2021 
--------------  ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 UK PPP          UK          ü   ü            ü   ü   ü   Operational   GBP3.1         December 
  Portfolio(3)                                                                                   million(4)     2021 
--------------  ----------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
                                                                                                 GBP252.7 
                                                                                                  million 
 -------------------------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------------  -------------  ----------- 
 
   1          GBP translated value of investment. 
   2          In addition, a contingent commitment of GBP10.2 million is available, if required. 

3 Portfolio includes interests in Townlands Community Hospital in Henley, Eltham Community Hospital and minority interests in the BSF projects sTaG 1 and 2.

   4          An additional c.GBP3 million has been committed to invest in 2022. 
 
 INVESTMENT        LOCATION         KEY ATTRIBUTES                          OPERATIONAL       INVESTMENT    INVESTMENT 
 COMMITMENT                                                                  STATUS            COMMITMENT    DATE 
 MADE DURING                                                                                   VALUE 
 2021 
                                1   2   3        4        5        6 
-----------------------------          -------  -------  -------  -------  ----------------  ------------  ----------- 
 HMRB(1)           Australia            ü   ü   ü   ü   In Construction   GBP 9.2       2024 
                                                                                               million 
----------------  -----------          -------  -------  -------  -------  ----------------  ------------  ----------- 
 

1 The Company's investment is only due to be made following construction completion. The valuation of the commitment is currently immaterial.

INVESTMENTS and commitments MADE DURING THE PERIOD

OFFENBACH POLICE CENTRE, GERMANY

In June 2021, the Company reached financial close on a new police headquarters project in South-East Hesse in Offenbach, Germany. The Company invested GBP8.1 million for a 45% shareholding. The project was initially awarded to the Company in December 2017 to a consortium comprising INPP Public Infrastructure Germany GmbH & Co. KG, Amber Infrastructure GmbH, and Goldbeck Public Partner GmbH. Financial close took place after construction reached completion and successful handover to the Federal State of Hesse in June 2021. The 36,645sqm newly built centre will provide a headquarters to the police in South-East Hesse in Offenbach, which is approximately 5km from Frankfurt, accommodating c.1,000 staff. The centre provides the Hesse State Police with office space, meeting areas, a police station, cells, forensic science laboratories, a nursery, a cafeteria, a multipurpose hall, a parking deck for cars and bicycles, and outside facilities. Alongside the provision of these core functions, the headquarters have been sustainably designed and built. Key energy features include c.890 solar power panels generating 302kWp, a combined heat and power plant and a low-energy heating/cooling system.

Primary SDG supported: 16

DIGITAL INFRASTUCTURE), UK

In July 2017, the Company agreed to invest up to GBP45 million in UK digital infrastructure alongside the UK Government, through Amber's National Digital Infrastructure Fund ('NDIF'). During the period, an additional GBP14.2 million was approved for investment into one of NDIF's existing investments, toob. toob is a UK full fibre broadband provider delivering broadband to homes, businesses, public service and community groups in the South of England. The Company's commitment to digital infrastructure will help to transition the UK to full fibre at a time when reliance on digital infrastructure has never been greater. There has been increased recognition that digital infrastructure is becoming a more defensive asset class as the critical nature of digital connectivity services has been amplified by the continued shift to more people working from home.

Primary SDG supported: 11

OFFSHORE TRANSMISSION PORTFOLIO, UK

The Company reached financial close on its eighth and ninth OFTO projects increasing the Company's contribution to the UK's transition to a zero-carbon economy. These two OFTOs have the ability to transmit green electricity equivalent to the needs of approximately 800,000 homes, increasing the number of homes that the Company's OFTO portfolio is capable of powering to approximately 2.1 million.

BEATRICE OFTO, UK

In July 2021, the Company reached financial close on the long-term ownership and operation of the transmission link to the 588MW Beatrice offshore wind farm, Scotland's largest offshore wind farm, as part of the Transmission Capital Partners consortium, comprising the Company, Amber and Transmission Investment. The project relates to the transmission cable connection to the offshore wind farm located in the Outer Moray Firth, approximately 13.5km off the Caithness coastline in Scotland. The wind farm consists of 84 x 7MW wind turbine generators connected to two offshore substation platforms located within the boundaries of Beatrice wind farm.

RAMPION OFTO, UK

In November 2021, the Company reached financial close on its ninth OFTO for the long-term ownership and operation of the transmission link to the 400MW Rampion offshore windfarm, as part of the Transmission Capital Partners consortium, comprising the Company, Amber and Transmission Investment. The project relates to the transmission cable connection to the offshore wind farm located approximately 13km off the Sussex coast. The wind farm consists of 116 x 3.45MW wind turbine generators connected to an offshore substation platform ('OSP') located within the boundaries of the Rampion wind farm.

Primary SDG supported: 7

ANGEL TRAINS, UK

In September 2021, the Company, as part of a consortium including the Public Sector Pension Investment Board of Canada and other investors, acquired a further c.5% shareholding in Angel Trains providing it with further governance rights through direct board representation. The Company invested c.GBP98 million and the additional investment means that Angel Trains is now the third largest holding in its portfolio. Since making its original acquisition in 2008, Angel Trains has been a successful investment for the Company, delivering both capital growth and yield. Angel Trains is the largest rolling stock company in the UK, serving the passenger rail sector with a diversified fleet of more than 4,000 vehicles with the majority being electric multiple units and its business plan supports the decarbonisation of the UK transport system.

Primary SDG supported: 11

bradford and lewisham building schools for future ('bsf') projects and PFI schemes, UK

The Company built on its existing portfolio of education investments in the UK during the period. In December 2021, the Company acquired additional interests in the Bradford and Lewisham BSF projects and interests in three healthcare PFI schemes ('Three Shires'). The BSF projects collective comprise 14 schools providing education facilities to over 17,000 pupils across the Bradford and Lewisham areas in the UK. The investment builds on the Company's existing portfolio of BSF projects supporting the Company's commitment to providing a high-quality teaching environment to pupils across the portfolio. The Three Shires schemes comprise the design, build, funding and partial operation of four small community healthcare facilities under the Three Shires banner located in East Lincolnshire, Leicester and Derbyshire. The facilities provide a range of community health services including dentistry, diagnostics and mental health rehabilitation.

Primary SDG supported: 11

ppp portfolio, denmark

The Company made its first investments in Denmark during the period acquiring a majority interest in four Danish PPP projects, in Hobro, Randers, Ørsted and Vildbjerg, that deliver availability-based, long-term, predictable cash flows. The projects all provide essential infrastructure services to their respective communities and include a specialist land registry court archive building in Hobro that accommodates 150 public sector employees, a hospital car parking facility with c.550 parking spaces adjoined to a regional hospital in Randers, a 900-pupil school in Ørsted and a 600-pupil school in Vildbjerg. Please see more information in the case study on page 12.

Primary SDG supported: 9

UK ppp portfolio, UK

In December 2021, the Company acquired a small portfolio of UK PPP investments including initial interests in Townlands Community Hospital in Henley, Eltham Community Hospital and minority interests in the BSF projects sTaG 1 and 2. The interests will be acquired from an affiliate of the Company's Investment Adviser, following an independent valuation prepared by Newbridge Advisors LLP. Investment in minority interests of a further five BSF schemes from the same portfolio is expected to be made by the Company during the course of 2022, with the first of these expected to close in H1 2022.

- Eltham is a community hospital project located in the London Borough of Greenwich that has been developed under the NHS LIFT framework with an availability-based revenue stream. Amber has been involved in the scheme since its inception and the team has overseen all aspects of project delivery, including design and development. The Company has acquired a 49.8% interest in the subordinated debt of the project.

- Townlands is a community hospital scheme based in Henley-on-Thames which provides sub-acute care and comprises an ambulatory care centre and a palliative care centre. The project benefits from an availability-based revenue stream arising under a direct contract with the NHS. The Company acquired a 100% interest in the equity and subordinated debt of Townlands.

- StaG 1 and 2 comprises education facilities in South Shields and Jarrow in the UK. The investment builds on the Company's existing portfolio of BSF projects, supporting the Company's commitment to providing a high-quality teaching environment to pupils across the portfolio. The Company acquired an 8.00% interest in the project's subordinated debt and a 4.36% interest in the equity.

Primary SDG supported: 4

FLINDERS UNIVERSITY HEALTH AND MEDICAL RESEARCH BUILDING ('HMRB') australia

In December 2021, the Company reached financial close on HMRB. The Company was awarded the project as part of a consortium which included Amber and Tetris Capital. The HMRB is the flagship development of the Flinders Village project, an integrated health and education precinct development on Flinders University's Bedford Park campus. The HMRB will co-locate research, clinical and technological platforms to further Flinders University's longstanding contributions to the health, education and medical sectors. With over 26,000 students, Flinders University is a public institution and the third largest university in South Australia. The project is being developed in accordance with the University's sustainability guidelines and is targeting a minimum of 'gold' ratings for WELLv2 and LEEDv4 certification and a 5-star rating for Green Star certification. By fully integrating health and sustainability into the design of HMRB, the project will support several of the Company's Sustainability Policy Aims.

Primary SDG supported: 4

MARKET ENVIRONMENT IN 2022 AND FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES

UNITED KINGDOM

Following the outbreak of Covid-19, there has been increased focus in the UK on ensuring resilience against future exogenous threats, and the role that infrastructure plays in delivering this resilience and generating economic recovery by creating opportunities for private sector investment. The UK remains committed to the development of infrastructure as part of achieving its ambitious net zero targets alongside the government's pledges to 'Build Back Better' and 'Level Up' the country.

At the budget spending review in October 2021, the government outlined plans to support the Build Back Better plan with over GBP35 billion of rail investment for 2022 to 2025, to boost connectivity across the country. Then, in November, a further GBP96 billion of investment was announced for the Integrated Rail Plan. The aim of which is to deliver faster, more frequent and more reliable journeys across the North of England and the Midlands.

The UK government has further emphasised the importance of infrastructure to deliver the required climate change mitigation to achieve net zero by 2050. With GBP26 billion of public capital investment for the green industrial revolution and transition to net zero announced. The strategy is targeted to unlock GBP90 billion in private investment by 2030. The sector is also expected to benefit from the formation of the UK Infrastructure Bank which has released a discussion paper that articulates its two strategic objectives:

- To help tackle climate change, particularly meeting the government's net zero emissions target by 2050; and

- To support regional and local economic growth through better connectivity, opportunities for new jobs and higher levels of productivity.

The government has made clear that high-quality infrastructure is critical to national progress. The 2021 National Infrastructure and Construction Pipeline sets out nearly GBP650 billion of public and private investment, over the next ten years, that aims to drive economic recovery and growth.

Meanwhile, the UK has also taken its own regulatory path since the end of the Brexit transition period. The UK government has stated its commitment to 'match the ambitions' of the SFDR, while also publicising its commitment to align itself with the TCFD. The government also aims to remove some of the bureaucracy and red tape involved in infrastructure, hence they have created 'Project Speed', a Taskforce to support the creation of faster, better and greener infrastructure.

As demonstrated by the investments made over the course of 2021, the Company continues to see a high-quality pipeline of opportunities in the UK, including in the energy transmission and social infrastructure sectors, and we remain confident that the need for infrastructure investment will continue to offer opportunities that meet the Company's criteria. Please see more information on page 21.

EUROPE

Overall investment into European infrastructure continues to be supported by wider EU frameworks and initiatives. The EU recognises the role of infrastructure in support of the goal to transition to net zero and help drive economic recovery.

The EU has announced its Global Gateway Strategy with the ambition of redesigning how it connects with the world. The strategy seeks to increase digital, transport, energy, and trade projects by investing in both hard and soft infrastructure. The strategy aims to generate EUR300 billion in public and private funds by 2027. Possible projects the EU could support include green hydrogen, underwater data cables and spending in schools. Global Gateway will make available up to EUR135 billion for guaranteed investments for transformational infrastructure projects between 2021 and 2027. The EU aims to offer solid financial conditions for partners, bringing grants, favourable loans, and budgetary guarantees to de-risk investments and improve debt sustainability. The EU will also seek to provide technical assistance to partners to enhance their capacity to prepare credible projects ensuring value for money in infrastructure.

These initiatives sit alongside the European Green Deal. As part of the European Green Deal, the EU has set itself the target of climate neutrality by 2050, with at least 55% of emissions cut by 2030, known as Fit for 55. This offers a significant opportunity for infrastructure, as the proposed policy framework is intended to spur the technological innovation needed to deliver decarbonisation and digitalisation of European economies.

As such, the Company anticipates there will be increasing opportunities in infrastructure that will be critical for facilitating a transition to net zero, particularly in transport and energy sectors across Europe, exhibiting investment criteria that the Company will find attractive. In particular, the Company is focusing on stable and well-structured Northern and Western European economies which offer a steady flow of opportunities across all traditional infrastructure sectors.

In addition, as the tragic events of the war in Ukraine are unfolding the Company and its Investment Adviser continue to actively monitor the situation to ensure that our portfolio of investments is protected, to the extent it can be, from the direct and indirect impacts of the war. The Company does not hold any investments in the impacted region and we are not aware of any material direct implications for the Company or its portfolio.

AUSTRALIA

Australia has a long history of private sector delivery and financing of public infrastructure facilitated by a stable and transparent legal and regulatory framework, with active infrastructure financing and investor markets.

Infrastructure Australia set out its medium to long-term aspirations for a A$110 billion investment into the country's infrastructure to drive the national Covid-19 recovery and enhance resilience. Building on the 2019 infrastructure plan, the 2021 Australian Infrastructure Plan establishes the agenda for the next 15 years identifying a pipeline across the various infrastructure sub-sectors, as well as including a planned response to Covid-19 in respect to infrastructure. Infrastructure Partnerships Australia forecast pipeline expenditure across the country to exceed A$12 billion per quarter through to 2026 and reach a peak of A$19 billion in late 2024. Spending is primarily concentrated in New South Wales and Victoria to cater for increasing populations that outstrip the national population growth rate(1) . A key component of the pipeline is a number of large-scale transport (both passenger and freight) projects that are either in procurement or planning stages.

The States and Territories of Australia continue to develop smaller-scale social infrastructure projects, primarily in the health and social housing sectors. In keeping with policy recommendations in the Australian Infrastructure Plan, some States are also adopting infrastructure procurement models that outsource operator services to the private sector, as well as seeking private sector capital in development.

Australian state and federal governments are yet to outline a set of decarbonisation policies which could catalyse investment in more sustainable projects. Notwithstanding this, the Company's view is positive about the prospects for further investments in the region and it is well positioned to actively pursue opportunities.

NORTH AMERICA

The US relies on a vast network of infrastructure; however, as demonstrated in its most recent report card on the condition of America's infrastructure, the American Society of Civil Engineers ('ASCE') gave the US a C or 'poor' rating. ASCE estimated in 2021 that the US needed to spend, by 2025, US$5.9 trillion to ensure that infrastructure in the United States be brought to a good state of repair. To maintain the existing condition of infrastructure, ASCE estimated that an additional US$2.6 trillion was required beyond the funding that is currently in place. With such significant levels of investment required, there is a great deal of optimism and a bipartisan commitment within Congress to foster a considerable pipeline of projects in the US for many years.

To address this, the Infrastructure and Jobs Act was signed into law in November 2021. The Act pledges US$1.2 trillion in funds, including $550 billion in new investments on roads, bridges and tunnels, as well as airports, broadband and other infrastructure improvements with the aim of replacing America's deteriorating infrastructure with new and more fit for purpose public services.

Arguably, the opportunity in the US is not only in the federal mandated 'mega' projects, but in sectors such as transport including airports, ports, bridges and logistics where much of the existing infrastructure ownership is in the hands of local municipalities and other government-backed entities. As a result, state and local governments are seeking to implement more P3 (Public-Private Partnerships) and alternative procurement models such as Progressive Development, which leverages the expertise of the private sector.

The ability to source projects through collaborative procurement processes makes the US an attractive geography on which to focus resource. However, the growing amount of domestic capital pursuing projects in the US and the generally lower commitment given by the public sector to follow through on privately funded procurement, create competition and barriers to entry for many European investors. The Investment Adviser actively monitors the development of projects that fit the Company's investment objectives and is able to utilise its greenfield development expertise to foster projects that progress under alternative procurement models.

Canada has a strong track record of infrastructure investment, and the Investing in Canada plan has a long-term aim to deliver C$180 billion of infrastructure investment by 2028 to support local, provincial and territorial projects over 12 years. In the shorter-term, Canada has launched a three-year C$10 billion infrastructure plan to help the economy recover after the Covid-19 pandemic. The funds will come from the Canada Infrastructure Bank which manages C$35 billion. It will focus on providing high-speed internet connectivity for households and small businesses, strengthening Canadian agriculture, and accelerating towards a low-carbon economy. The Canadian model increasingly relies upon Progressive Development and alternative forms of procurement to deliver critical infrastructure projects.

The ability for the private sector to participate in more North American infrastructure projects provides the Company with a broad variety of investment opportunities. The Company is well positioned to capitalise on these developments through its Investment Adviser's relationship with US group, Hunt Companies LLC.

1 Australia and New Zealand Infrastructure Pipeline Forecast by Expenditure (Produced by Infrastructure Partnerships Australia).

CURRENT PIPELINE

The Company's performance does not depend upon additional investments to deliver current projected returns. Further investment opportunities will be judged by their anticipated contribution to overall portfolio returns relative to risk. Selected commitments and future opportunities that may be considered for investment in due course, as identified by the Investment Adviser, are outlined below.

 
 KNOWN/COMMITTED      LOCATION    ESTIMATED INVESTMENT(1)     EXPECTED INVESTMENT   INVESTMENT STATUS 
  OPPORTUNITIES                                                PERIOD 
-------------------  ----------  --------------------------  --------------------  ------------------------ 
 Diabolo              Belgium     GBP10.2 million             25 years              A further contingent 
                                                                                     commitment remains 
                                                                                     available, if required 
-------------------  ----------  --------------------------  --------------------  ------------------------ 
 East Anglia          UK          Up to GBP90                 c.21 years            Preferred bidder. 
  One OFTO                         million                                           Investment expected 
                                                                                     H2 2022 
-------------------  ----------  ------------------------    --------------------  ------------------------ 
 UK PPP Portfolio     UK          c.GBP3.0 million            12-19 years           Investment expected 
                                                                                     over the course 
                                                                                     of 2022 
-------------------  ----------  --------------------------  --------------------  ------------------------ 
 HMRB                 Australia   GBP9. 2 million             25 years              Investment commitment 
                                                                                     made. Expected 
                                                                                     to be funded in 
                                                                                     2024 
-------------------  ----------  --------------------------  --------------------  ------------------------ 
 Moray East OFTO    UK            Up to GBP75 million         c.24 years            Preferred bidder. 
                                                                                     Investment expected 
                                                                                     H2 2022 
-----------------  ------------  --------------------------  --------------------  ------------------------ 
 
 

1 Represents the current commitment or estimate of total future investment commitment or preferred bidder positions that meet the Company's investment criteria. There is no certainty that potential opportunities will translate into actual investments for the Company.

The Company has a longer-term pipeline of investments and has identified over 40 opportunities across the UK, Europe, North America and Australia. Future areas of investment may include:

 
 KEY AREAS     SOCIAL            REGULATED UTILITIES                   TRANSPORT                                           OTHER ESSETNIAL 
 OF            INFRASTRUCUTRE                                           AND MOBILITY                                        INFRASTRUCTURE 
 FOCUS 
------------  ----------------  ------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------  --------------------------- 
 Example 
 investments    *    Education    *    OFTOs                                 *    Government-backed transport including:    *    Digital connectivity 
 
 
                *    Health       *    Distribution and transmission         *    Light rail                                *    Energy management 
 
 
                *    Justice      *    Direct procurement                    *    Regional rail 
------------  ----------------  ------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------  --------------------------- 
 

ACTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT

The Company's Investment Adviser has a highly experienced, well-resourced, dedicated team of over 40 asset managers globally, as part of the wider pool of over 150 infrastructure professionals with presence across 11 countries across the UK, Europe, Australia and North America. The Company's Investment Adviser operates a full-service approach to infrastructure, and this includes day-to-day asset management and oversight of the Company's investments. The Investment Adviser's priority is to meet or exceed investment performance, creating value for investors and communities, and its active asset management approach has been fundamental to the Company's performance since IPO in 2006. It is this performance that has enabled the Company to build a reputation of delivering transparent, responsible stewardship of public infrastructure assets that support essential services. These skills have been evidenced by the Company's robust performance during the current and ongoing unprecedented uncertainty caused by the Covid-19 pandemic.

OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE

The Company's Investment Adviser adopts a hands-on approach to monitoring asset performance, utilising robust internal processes and the expertise of its dedicated asset management team across the geographies in which the Company holds investments. Whilst the Investment Adviser's involvement varies depending on each investment type, each investment is actively managed to optimise performance. During 2021, 100% of forecast investment portfolio receipts were received (2020: 88.4%)(1) .

The Company has a weighted average investment life of c.33 years and actively monitors the relevant investments within the portfolio to ensure that conditions for the hand-back of investments are met on completion of the project contract, or at the end of the expected investment holding period.

Infrastructure projects and businesses inherently involve health and safety risk both during construction and whilst operational. The health and safety of the clients, delivery partners, employees and members of the public who come into contact with our assets are of the utmost importance to the Company, and we accord the highest priority to health and safety management.

During construction through to operations, the Company's accident frequency rate for occupational accidents that resulted in lost time was low at 0.35 per 100,000 hours worked as at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: 0.29)(2) . Health and safety data is reported and evaluated on a quarterly basis, and includes hours worked, minor injuries, near misses, critical incidents and the number of lost time injuries which occurred as a result of work activities.

Performance against strategic priority KPIs:

100% Forecast distributions received(1) (2020: 88.4%)

99.8% Asset availability achieved against a target of >98% (2020: 99.7%)

PPP PROJECTS

PPP projects account for 39% of the Company's portfolio (by investment at fair value), and the Company's Investment Adviser has extensive experience in this sector, having been responsible for the development of the majority of the PPP projects in the Company's portfolio. Key deliverables for the Company include ensuring that the facilities are available for their intended use, that areas are safe and secure, and that the performance standards set out in the underlying agreements are achieved. The Company's Investment Adviser works closely with its partners to ensure these standards are met. For those investments measured by both availability and performance standards, for the 12 months to 31 December 2021, the availability of those assets was 99.8% (31 December 2020: 99.7%) and across all projects there were performance deductions of 0.1% (31 December 2020: 0.1%), both exceeding the Company's targets.

In addition, the Company's public sector clients commissioned and funded over 908 contract variations during the period, resulting in over GBP19.5 million of additional project work being delivered on behalf of the commissioning bodies. The completed changes during the period ranged from minor building fabric alterations within education facilities, to the delivery of transport facility upgrades.

1 Measured by comparing forecast portfolio distributions against actual portfolio distributions received. In the current year, actual portfolio distributions exceeded forecast.

2 This includes UK social accommodation (where the Investment Adviser provides oversight of the management services), BSFI Minority, NDIF, Cadent, Tideway and all investments in Germany, Australia and Canada.

The vast majority of the Company's social accommodation investments remained open throughout the period. Two social accommodation assets were closed during the period (at the request of the client), including Royal Melbourne Showgrounds in Australia, which has been repurposed as an Urgent Medical Care Centre and is being used as a vaccination centre; and one Neighbourhood Support centre in the UK that is part of a LIFT Project Company, as a result of Covid-19 and government guidelines. The latter was open for normal use at the end of the year.

Diabolo

Diabolo is a rail infrastructure investment which integrates Brussels Airport with Belgium's national rail network. The majority of the revenues generated by Diabolo are linked to passenger use of either the rail link itself, or the wider Belgian rail network. Accordingly, Diabolo has been impacted by the restrictions on international travel and national lockdowns implemented in Belgium as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic and we see the timing of the recovery of Diabolo as directly linked to the resumption of pre-pandemic levels of use of Brussels Airport.

In December 2020, the Company committed a further EUR24 million to the Diabolo project, EUR10 million of that commitment was invested at the time and a further EUR1.8 million was invested in 2021 leaving a contingent commitment of EUR12.2 million available to protect Diabolo's liquidity position and ensure that its debt covenants continue to be met. The extent and timing of any further cash injections will depend upon the trajectory of the recovery in passenger numbers over the coming months and years. However, the latest traffic forecast report indicates that the outstanding EUR12.2 million commitment continues to be sufficient. We will continue to closely monitor passenger numbers.

More positively, the duration of our investment (the concession expires in 2047), the high levels of historic passenger use, continued high levels of operational performance, the positive and engaged relationship with the Belgian railway authorities and the Investment Adviser's ability to influence revenues through the passenger fare adjustment mechanism, all give us confidence for the future recovery and performance of this investment.

REGULATED INVESTMENTS

The Company invests in a number of regulated investments, including OFTOs, Cadent and Tideway. The Company owns 100% of each of its OFTO investments and whilst the Company does not hold majority positions in Cadent or Tideway, the Company engages through its Investment Adviser's board director positions and membership of committees. The Company's Investment Adviser actively works with respective boards to maintain alignment and focus on strategic goals to drive financial and operational best practice and ensure effective risk management.

OFTOs

The Company's OFTO investments are regulated by Ofgem, but the revenues are not linked to electricity production or price, instead the OFTO is paid a pre-agreed, availability-based revenue stream for the duration of the licence. The Company's OFTO investments continue to be relatively unaffected by the Covid-19 pandemic and have continued to remain available and meet performance standards.

Ofgem has begun consulting stakeholders on its approach to dealing with the OFTO regime once the initial revenue stream comes to an end, typically after c.20-25 years. OFTO transmission assets have a life of approximately 40 years, which extends beyond the initial revenue stream period. As an owner of these assets, OFTOs are in a strong position to benefit from any extension to the revenue stream beyond the initial c.20-25 year period. In March 2021, Ofgem issued a consultation which the Company, through its Investment Adviser, responded to. Ofgem released its first decision document covering the initial steps in establishing an economic and efficient process for extending, where appropriate, regulatory revenue periods within the current OFTO regime, in July 2021. It is not possible to assess any likely impact on the Company at this time. The Company notes Ofgem had intended to publish a further consultation on the policy framework in November 2021, but this is now expected in Spring 2022 and Ofgem are expected to publish their response in late 2022. The announcements to date have been consistent with our expectations and the Company, through its Investment Adviser, will continue to actively engage with Ofgem and industry stakeholders on this consultation and will seek to keep investors informed of any material developments.

Tideway

Tideway is building a 25km 'super sewer' under the River Thames to create a healthier environment for London by cleaning up the city's greatest natural asset. Good progress has been made with construction 73% complete as at 31 December 2021 and with the primary tunnelling expected to be completed in the coming months. As reported previously, Tideway has been in discussions with Ofwat regarding additional measures to mitigate the impact of both Covid-19 related cost overruns and the FCAM on Tideway's investors. Subsequent to a provisional agreement with Tideway, Ofwat launched a public consultation in December 2021 to gain views from interested parties on the proposed amendments. As the consultation was ongoing at the valuation date, the 31 December 2021 valuation of the Company's investment in Tideway included a prudent assessment of the outcome of the consultation and the necessary licence modification process. The consultation subsequently closed in January 2022 and the licence modifications came into effect in March 2022.

Progress towards system commissioning and handover is an increasing area of focus and, as reported previously, in the earlier part of 2021 Tideway had been working with its stakeholders on a thorough review of the remaining activities to provide clarity on the schedule and costs to completion. This is a review that is commonly undertaken by major projects at this stage of delivery. The results of this review were published by Tideway in August 2021 and confirmed the appropriateness of the existing schedule dates with a cost increase of c.1% which, with rounding, took the cost estimate from GBP4.1 billion to GBP4.2 billion. The cost increase had no material financial impact on investors. It is worth noting that the Tideway project documentation includes provisions to share additional construction costs with construction contractors and consumers, mitigating the impact of construction cost increases on investors.

Cadent

Cadent is the UK's largest gas distribution network, serving 11 million homes and businesses and is the Company's largest investment by fair value, representing 15.5% of the Company's portfolio by investment at fair value. As previously announced, in March 2021 Cadent exercised its right to appeal Ofgem's final determination in respect of the five-year regulatory period which commenced in April 2021 to the CMA as it believed this approach would best serve Cadent's customers' interests. The CMA published its final determination in October 2021 and the findings had a modestly positive impact on the Company's valuation of its investment in Cadent compared to that reported at 30 June 2021.

The cost of wholesale gas increased significantly during 2021 which caused numerous gas suppliers to fail as they were unable to pass increased costs on to their customers. Customer interests remain protected by the Supplier of Last Resort regime which transfers customers to alternative energy suppliers to ensure continuity of supply. Cadent is not an energy supplier and instead earns its revenues from providing a safe and reliable gas transportation network to its customers, the gas shippers, who in turn sell the gas to gas suppliers. Accordingly, Cadent is largely insulated from changes in gas prices albeit such changes can cause timing differences in certain revenues and costs linked to the price of gas. Such timing differences had no material impact in the period or to date.

The Company, via its Investment Adviser, also continues to actively engage with Cadent's management team and the Company's co-shareholders in Cadent in relation to the future role of gas initiatives, where Cadent continues to play a role in supporting the UK Government's net zero target and is working on several projects designed to demonstrate the feasibility and safety of using its existing gas infrastructure to distribute cleaner fuel in the future (see page 18 for further information).

In early August 2021, the Government published its long-awaited UK Hydrogen Strategy, the aim of which is to create a 'world-leading hydrogen economy'. The publication of the Hydrogen Strategy marks the beginning of the next stage for the development of the UK's hydrogen economy and is positive news for Cadent. The strategy contained numerous references to the potential conversion of the existing gas network, as well as Cadent's key HyNet project. Further information relating to Cadent's HyNet projects is available on page 44.

OTHER OPERATING BUSINESSES

The Company invests in a number of operating businesses including BeNEX, Angel Trains and digital infrastructure businesses. The Investment Adviser holds a board position on each of its operating businesses and uses these positions to influence and strengthen company policies and procedures; for example, enhancing ESG credentials, monitoring the approach to health and safety, as well as protecting value and mitigating operational risk.

BeNEX

BeNEX generates revenues through the contractual leasing of its rolling stock to TOCs as well as through its investments in TOCs themselves. Only a minority of annual revenues (currently less than 20%) are linked to passenger numbers and therefore whilst Germany, like many other countries, continued to see a significant reduction in the number of people using public transport during 2021 as a result of the pandemic, the financial impact on BeNEX has been limited. In addition, BeNEX should continue to receive compensation from the Federal Government and/or the relevant Federal State for the vast majority of revenues lost as a result of the disruption caused by Covid-19 during 2022. Finally, during 2021 several expiring concessions were re-won for the next concession term (typically approximately ten years in length) which reduces the risk profile of the business.

Angel Trains

Angel Trains generates the majority of its revenues from the contractual leasing of its rolling stock to TOCs and therefore its revenues have continued to be largely unaffected by Covid-19. Following a period in which dividends had been deferred owing to the uncertainty caused by Covid-19, the board of Angel Trains, which includes shareholder representatives, agreed to resume dividends during 2021. As referenced earlier in this Annual Report, the Company acquired a further c.5% interest in Angel Trains during the period, demonstrating the Company's confidence in the business. See more information on page 16.

During the period, the results from the Williams Rail Review, which was established in 2018 to review the structure of the rail industry and the way passenger rail services are delivered in the UK, was published. The white paper was titled 'Great British Railways: William-Shapps plan for rail', with the main focus of the recommendations being the establishment of the new public body, Great British Railways, and the replacement of the franchising system with passenger service contracts. The white paper goes on to note that "T he reforms set out in this white paper do not assume any direct change to the current industry model for procurement of train fleets" .

Digital Infrastructure

The Company's Investment Adviser continues to actively monitor the four businesses in which the Company is invested (via NDIF), including Community Fibre, Airband, NextGenAccess and toob. Since the beginning of the pandemic, many businesses within the digital infrastructure sector have faced unprecedented challenges, with government mandated lockdown restrictions impacting staff movement and availability. In parallel, certain investments within the portfolio have also witnessed a surge in demand for fibre connectivity due to the volume of people working from home. Several of NDIF's portfolio of companies have played a critical role, during the period, in keeping people connected while at the same time executing their value creation plans. Throughout 2021, and with the easing of lockdown restrictions, several businesses in which NDIF is invested have continued to gain momentum and market share and such factors continue to highlight the resilience of digital infrastructure and the continued consumer and business demand across certain geographical regions for the rollout of fibre.

COUNTERPARTY RISK

Counterparty risk exists to some extent across all investments; however, the risk is particularly significant when considered in relation to PPPs which have a long-term fixed-price contract with a facilities management provider. The Company has a diverse exposure to service providers across its portfolio and the Investment Adviser's asset management team ensures counterparty risk is actively managed and mitigated. The chart below illustrates the Company's service providers (by investment fair value), highlighting the diversification across the portfolio.

INPP Service Providers

[Chart can be found within the PDF document of the report on the Company website.]

During 2021, all of the Company's facilities have continued to remain operational and available for use, with no disruptions to service delivery, aside from the two facilities, as referred to above, that were repurposed/temporarily closed upon instruction from clients in the public sector due to Covid-19. In response to Covid-19, the Company's Investment Adviser has continued to monitor each counterparty, but has increased the frequency of its reviews to ensure that any issues as a result of Covid-19 are identified as soon as possible.

The Investment Adviser takes a holistic approach to monitoring counterparty risk. A key aspect of the Investment Adviser's risk management activities is a focus on the early identification of signs that a counterparty is encountering problems through regular contract performance monitoring and internal performance benchmarking of contracts, in-depth reviews of counterparty financial and market data, information available in the trade press and drawing upon the Investment Adviser's contacts in the industry. Through contingency planning and identifying any increased counterparty risk early, it allows for corrective measures identified in the contingency plans to be taken early, mitigating potential losses to the Company. Those measures may include working more closely with the contractor to support it in its efforts to improve contract performance or, ultimately, the implementation of the full contingency plan designed to facilitate the replacement of that contractor.

Ultimately, the Company's desire is to see its service providers succeed and to deliver a high-quality service; and the Investment Adviser makes all efforts to ensure this is achieved. However, where a subcontractor does fail, the Investment Adviser has the necessary processes and procedures in place to mitigate and manage the risk to the Company.

PROJECTS UNDER CONSTRUCTION

The Investment Adviser's asset management team has extensive experience and possesses the key skillsets needed to successfully deliver projects through construction and throughout the operational phase. The Company has a strong track record of delivering construction projects safely, on time, to budget and to a high-quality by understanding the project environment and the potential risks that may occur. The team works closely with the contractors, technical advisers and management companies, where applicable, throughout this stage in order to deliver the expected project performance and create value for investors and communities.

There are currently two investments under construction as at 31 December 2021, Tideway and HMRB. During the 12 months to

31 December 2021, Tideway made good progress on the construction of the tunnel and associated infrastructure. The construction works were 73% complete at the end of the period and the schedule remains unchanged from the previous update, with operational handover to Thames Water scheduled to occur in March 2025.

The HMRB is the flagship development of the Flinders Village project, an integrated health and education precinct development at Flinders University's Bedford Park campus. The HMRB will co-locate research, clinical and technological platforms to further the University's longstanding contributions to the health, education and medical sectors. The building of the HMRB commenced in December 2021 and is expected to complete in 2024. Please see more information on the project on page 17.

 
 ASSET      LOCATION     CONSTRUCTION   DEFECTS COMPLETION    STATUS AT PERIOD    % OF INVESTMENTS 
                          COMPLETION     DATE                 AT FAIR 
                          DATE                                                     VALUE 
---------  -----------  --------------  -------------------  ------------------  ----------------- 
                                                              Behind original 
 Tideway    UK           2025(1)        2028                   schedule(2)        9.1% 
---------  -----------  --------------  -------------------  ------------------  ----------------- 
 HMRB       Australia    2024           N/A(3)                On schedule         0.0%(4) 
---------  -----------  --------------  -------------------  ------------------  ----------------- 
 
   1          Scheduled handover date. 

2 Handover is currently scheduled for March 2025, which is 12 months later than the original schedule. The delay can largely be attributed to the impact of Covid-19.

3 This is not applicable as the authority is assuming all risk associated with the construction work that is being undertaken.

4 The Company's investment is only due to be made following construction completion. The valuation of the commitment is currently immaterial.

EFFicient FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

The Company aims to manage its finances efficiently, to provide the financial flexibility to pursue new investment opportunities, whilst minimising levels of unutilised cash holdings. Efficient financial management is achieved through actively monitoring cash held and generated from operations, ensuring cash covered dividends and managed levels of corporate costs. This is supported by appropriate hedging strategies and prudent use of the Company's corporate debt facility ('CDF').

During the period, the Company achieved its objective to generate dividends paid to investors through its operating cash flows. Cash dividends paid in the year of GBP118.5 million (31 December 2020: GBP101.5 million), were 1.1 times (31 December 2020: 1.2 times) covered by the Company's net operating cash flows before capital activity*.

Corporate costs were effectively managed during the period and ongoing charges were comparable year on year at 1.18% for the year ended 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: 1.18%). Corporate costs include management fees of GBP25.7 million for the year to 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: GBP26.4 million).

Performance against strategic priority KPIs:

1.1x Dividends fully cash covered (2020: 1.2x)

1.18% Ongoing charges ratio (2020: 1.18%)

As outlined on page 89 of the financial statements, IFRS profit before tax of GBP129.2 million was reported (31 December 2020: GBP60.8 million). The increase in profit in the year is principally reflective of the unrealised fair value gain on the portfolio in the year, following an unrealised fair value loss in 2020 as a result of Covid-19 related uncertainty in the portfolio that impacted overall prior year profit.

The Company's cash balance as at 31 December 2021 was GBP56.1 million, an increase on the corresponding balance at 31 December 2020 of GBP44.3 million. Cash receipts from investments increased by GBP14.9 million in the year, to GBP167.9 million (31 December 2020: GBP153.0 million), reflecting a resumption of distributions from assets which in the prior year were impacted or deferred as a result of uncertainty caused by Covid-19. As detailed in note 12 of the financial statements, as well as on page 13 of the Operating Review earlier in this report, GBP252.7 million of new capital was invested during the year (31 December 2020: GBP30.0 million). As a result, investment transaction costs paid in 2021 increased in the year to GBP3.0 million (31 December 2020: GBP0.8 million).

At 31 December 2021, the Company's CDF was GBP156.2 million cash drawn (31 December 2020: GBP38.4 million cash drawn), with GBP9.3 million drawn under letter of credit (31 December 2020: GBPnil). Net financing costs paid were GBP4.8 million, a small increase compared to the prior year (31 December 2020: GBP4.2 million) reflecting the level of utilisation of the Company's CDF during the year. The facility is structured to support the Company's near-term pipeline, with GBP250 million available on a fully committed basis, with a flexible 'accordion' component which will, subject to lender approval, allow for a future extension by an additional GBP150 million. The facility is available for drawdown until March 2024. The banking group for the facility consists of National Australia Bank, the Royal Bank of Scotland International, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and Barclays Bank.

SUMMARY OF CASH FLOWS

 
 SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATED CASH    YEAR TO 31 DECEMEBER   YEAR TO 31 DECEMEBER 
  FLOW                                           2021                   2020 
                                          GBP MILLION            GBP MILLION 
------------------------------  ---------------------  --------------------- 
 Opening cash balance                            44.3                   45.6 
 Cash from investments                          167.9                  153.0 
 Corporate costs (for ongoing 
  charges ratio)                               (28.5)                 (28.3) 
 Net financing costs                            (4.8)                  (4.2) 
------------------------------  ---------------------  --------------------- 
 Net operating cash flows 
  before capital activity(1)                    134.6                  120.5 
------------------------------  ---------------------  --------------------- 
 Cost of new investments                      (252.7)                 (30.0) 
 Investment transaction costs                   (3.0)                  (0.8) 
 Net movement of CDF                            117.8                   10.5 
 Proceeds of capital raisings                   133.6                      - 
  (net of costs) 
 Dividends paid                               (118.5)                (101.5) 
 Closing cash balance                            56.1                   44.3 
------------------------------  ---------------------  --------------------- 
 Cash dividend cover                             1.1x                   1.2x 
------------------------------  ---------------------  --------------------- 
 

1 Net operating cash flows before capital activity as disclosed above of c.GBP134.6 million (31 December 2020: c.GBP120.5 million) include net repayments from Investments at Fair Value through profit or loss of c.GBP53.4 million (31 December 2020: c.GBP39.5 million), and finance costs paid of c.GBP4.8 million (31 December 2020: c.GBP4.2 million) and exclude investment transaction costs of c.GBP3.0 million (31 December 2020: c.GBP0.8 million) when compared to net cash inflows from operations of c.GBP83.3 million (31 December 2020: c.GBP84.2 million) as disclosed in the consolidated cash flow statement on page 92 of the financial statements.

CASH FLOWS ASSOCIATED WITH ONGOING CHARGES RATIO

 
 CORPORATE COSTS        YEAR TO 31 DECEMBER 2021   YEAR TO 31 DECEMBER 
                                     GBP MILLION                  2020 
                                                           GBP MILLION 
---------------------  -------------------------  -------------------- 
 Management fees                          (25.7)                (26.4) 
 Audit fees                             (1.0)(1)                 (0.2) 
 Directors' fees                           (0.4)                 (0.4) 
 Other running costs                       (1.4)                 (1.3) 
 Corporate costs                          (28.5)                (28.3) 
---------------------  -------------------------  -------------------- 
 
 
 ONGOING CHARGES RATIO         YEAR TO 31 DECEMBER 2021   YEAR TO 31 DECEMBER 
                                            GBP MILLION                  2020 
                                                                  GBP MILLION 
----------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------- 
 Annualised Ongoing Charges                      (28.5)                (28.3) 
 Average NAV(2)                                 2,423.2               2,393.3 
 Ongoing Charges                                (1.18%)               (1.18%) 
----------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------- 
 

1 Audit fees include the impact from a timing difference in fee payments between 2020 and 2021. The 2021 figures include portion of 2020 audit fees which were accrued at December 2020 and paid in 2021, resulting in this unusual difference between periods. Audit fees payable for each period are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

   2          Average of published NAVs for the relevant period. 

3 The Ongoing Charges ratio was prepared in accordance with the AIC recommended methodology, noting this excludes non-recurring costs.

There is no information to report under the requirements of LR 9.8.4. in this Annual Report.

INVESTOR RETURNS

DIVID GROWTH

The Company targets predictable and, where possible, growing dividends. The Company forecasts to pay the second dividend in respect of the 12 months to 31 December 2021, of 3.77 pence per share(1) in June 2022. Once paid, this would bring the total dividends paid in respect of 2021 in line with the previously announced target of 7.55 pence per share (2020: 7.36 pence per share).

As illustrated in the chart on page 2, the Company has delivered a c.2.5% average annual dividend increase since IPO. The Company is currently maintaining its previously announced dividend targets of 7.74 pence per share in respect of 2022 and provides new guidance of 7.93 pence per share for 2023(2) .

Tsr*

The Company's annualised TSR since the IPO to 31 December 2021 was 8.5%(3) . The total return based on the NAV appreciation plus dividends paid since the IPO to 31 December 2021 is 7.7%(4) on an annualised basis compared to the Company's long-term target of 7.0%(4) .

As shown in the share price performance graph below, the Company has historically exhibited relatively low levels of correlation with the market. Whilst the correlation in 2020 increased owing to the impacts of Covid-19 on economies and financial markets worldwide, it has since reduced to pre-pandemic levels. For reference, the correlation with the FTSE All-Share index was 0.22 over the 12 months to 31 December 2021 which compares to 0.25 and 0.53 over the 12 months to 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2020 respectively.

Share Price Performance

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

Performance against strategic priority KPIs

7.7% p.a. IRR achieved since IPO(3) (31 December 2020: 7.7%)

Inflation-linked RETURNS*

In an environment where investors are focused on achieving long-term real rates of return on their investments, inflation protection is an important consideration for the Company. At 31 December 2021, the majority of assets in the portfolio had some degree of inflation-linkage and, in aggregate, the weighted average return of the portfolio (before fund-level costs) would be expected to increase by 0.7%(5) per annum in response to a 1.0% per annum increase in all of the assumed inflation rates. The reduction compared to the 0.8% as at 31 December 2020 is principally due to the additional investments made in the period which have a lower level of inflation linkage.

1 The dividend in respect of H2 2021 is 3.77 pence per share bringing the total dividend paid in respect of 2021 in line with the guidance of 7.55 pence per share.

2 Future profit projection and dividends cannot be guaranteed. Projections are based on current estimates and may vary in future.

3 Since inception in November 2006. Source: Bloomberg. Share price appreciation plus dividends assumed to be reinvested.

4 Calculated by reference to the November 2006 IPO issue price of 100 pence and reflecting NAV appreciation plus dividends paid.

5 Calculated by running a 'plus 1.0%' inflation sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment's discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked return is the increase in the portfolio weighted average discount rate.

VALUATIONS

NAV*

The NAV represents the fair value of the Company's investments plus the value of other net assets or liabilities held within the Group. The fair values of the Company's investments are determined by the Board, with the benefit of advice from the Investment Adviser, and are independently audited as part of the annual audit of the Company's financial statements. The Company reports a 6.1% increase in NAV from GBP2,384.4 million at 31 December 2020 to GBP2,528.8 million at 31 December 2021. Over the same period, the NAV per share increased by 0.7% from 147.1 pence to 148.2 pence. The key drivers of the change in NAV are described in more detail below.

NAV Movements (GBPm)

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

The movements seen in the chart above are explained further below:

- During the year, the Company raised additional equity totalling GBP135 million (net of issuance costs - GBP133.6 million) by way of a tap issuance of ordinary share capital;

- The yields on the overwhelming majority of government bonds used as part of the valuation process increased during the period, resulting in a net GBP82.4 million decrease in the NAV;

- The net negative impact of the increase in government bond yields was more than offset by a decrease in the investment risk premia designed to ensure that (i) the valuations continue to reflect recent market-based evidence of pricing for infrastructure investments (this includes a reduction in the discount rate used to value the Company's investment in Angel Trains to reflect the transaction that occurred during the period), and (ii) the discount rate used to value the Company's investment in Diabolo reflects the lower level of risk within the forecast cash flows which assume a more conservative recovery in passenger numbers. The net impact of these adjustments was an increase in the NAV of GBP107.2 million;

- In line with forward guidance provided previously, two cash dividends of 3.68 pence and 3.78 pence per share were paid to the Company's shareholders during the year, in relation to the six-month periods to 31 December 2020 and 30 June 2021 respectively, totalling GBP118.5 million;

- Over the year, Sterling strengthened against the Australian Dollar and the Euro, whereas it marginally weakened against the Canadian Dollar and the US Dollar (these being the four foreign currencies the Company was exposed to over the year, and with the recent addition of the Danish Krone the Company is now exposed to five foreign currencies). Including the change in the value of the forward foreign exchange contracts, the net negative impact on the NAV was GBP25.9 million with the most significant impact seen on the Company's Euro-denominated investments;

- The long-term assumption for the UK Corporate Tax rate was increased from 19% to 25% (applicable from 1 April 2023 onwards) following the 2021 Budget announcement during the period, which was the most significant impact (negative GBP31.7 million) caused by changes to macroeconomic assumptions. Other, much less significant, changes to the macroeconomic assumptions include a one-year delay in the step up to the long-term deposit rate assumptions and an alignment of UK RPI to CPIH from 2030 onwards for relevant investments. Further details of these changes can be seen in the table on page 34 and in aggregate these had a negative GBP33.0 million impact on the NAV; and

   -     Among other things, the NAV Return of GBP163.4 million captures the impact of the following: 

o Unwinding of the discount rate;

o Updated operating assumptions to reflect current expectations of forecast cash flows. This includes an uplift in Cadent's forecast cash flows attributable to the successful CMA appeal as well as updated forecasts for Diabolo passenger numbers which continue to be subdued owing to travel restrictions caused by Covid-19. This risk had previously been accounted for through the discount rate but is now reflected in the revised forecast cash flows. More widely, and owing to the strong inflation-linkage of the portfolio cash flows, NAV return has been further supported by recent inflationary pressures, especially in the UK;

o Actual distributions received above the forecast amount due to active management of the Company's portfolio; and

o Changes in the Company's working capital position.

INVESTMENTS AT FAIR VALUE

The Investments at Fair Value represents the fair value of the Company's investments without consideration of the other net assets or liabilities held within the Group which are captured within the NAV. The Company reports a 10% increase in the investments at fair value, from GBP2,345.4 million at 31 December 2020 to GBP2,579.4 million at 31 December 2021. The key drivers of the change in the Investments at Fair Value are described in more detail below.

Investments at Fair Value Movements

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

The movements seen in the chart above are explained further below:

   -     An increase of GBP252.7 million owing to new investments made during the period; 

- A decrease of GBP167.9 million due to distributions paid out from the portfolio during the period;

- The Rebased Investments at Fair Value of GBP2,430.2 million is presented in order to allow an assessment of the Portfolio Return assuming that the investments and distributions occurred at the start of the relevant period;

- The Portfolio Return of GBP187.2 million captures broadly the same items as the NAV Return (set out in detail on page 31) with the principal exception being the fund-level operating costs and portfolio working capital movements;

- There was a net decrease in the discount rates used by the Company to value its investments which had a posi tive GBP24. 8 million impact on the Investments at Fair Value. Further information on the component parts of the impact shown is provided on page 35;

- Sterling strengthened against the Australian Dollar and the Euro, whereas it marginally weakened against the Canadian Dollar and the US Dollar (these being the four foreign currencies the Company was exposed to over the year, and with the recent addition of the Danish Krone the Company is now exposed to five foreign currencies). The net negative impact on the Investments at Fair Value was GBP29.7 million with the most significant impact seen on the Company's Euro-denominated investments; and

- The long-term assumption for the UK Corporate Tax rate was increased from 19% to 25% (applicable from 1 April 2023 onwards) following the 2021 Budget announcement during the period, which was the most significant impact caused by changes to macroeconomic assumptions. Other, much less significant, changes to the macroeconomic assumptions include a one-year delay in the step up to the long-term deposit rates assumption and an alignment of UK RPI to CPIH from 2030 onwards for relevant investments. Further details of these changes can be seen in the table on page 34 and in aggregate these had a negative GBP33.0 million impact on the NAV.

PROJECTED CASH FLOWS

The Company's investments are generally expected to continue to exhibit predictable cash flows, owing to the principally contracted or regulated nature of the underlying cash flows. As the Company has a large degree of visibility over the forecast cash flows of its current investments, the chart below sets out the Company's forecast investment receipts from its current portfolio before fund-level costs.

The majority of the forecast investment receipts are in the form of dividends or interest and principal payments from subordinated and senior debt investments. The Company's portfolio comprises both investments with finite lives (determined by concession or licence terms) and perpetual investments that may be held for a much longer term. Over the term of investments with finite lives, the Company's receipts from these investments includes a return of capital as well as income, and the fair value of such investments is expected to reduce to zero over time.

Projected Investment Receipts

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

Macroeconomic Assumptions

The Company reviews the macroeconomic assumptions underlying its forecasts on a regular basis. Following a thorough market assessment, it was resolved that, (i) a minor adjustment should be made to the deposit rate assumptions (a one-year delay to the start of the long-term assumption), (ii) the spot foreign exchange rates used to value the Company's overseas assets should be updated, and (iii) the long-term UK Corporate Tax rate should be increased from 19% to 25% (applicable from 1 April 2023 onwards) following the 2021 Budget announcement during the period. The Company notes both the recent higher levels of inflation observed in certain geographies in which it is invested as well as the uncertainty as to how long such levels will last. After careful consideration, the Company has chosen not to amend its inflation assumption until there is greater clarity on the likely extent and duration of any inflationary pressures, and it continues to take a long-term view of inflation in each geography. The Company and its Investment Adviser acknowledge that the war in Ukraine is likely to have macroeconomic consequences which will of course be reflected, to the extent appropriate, within the assumptions used at subsequent valuation dates.

The key macroeconomic assumptions used as the basis for deriving the Company's 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021 investment valuations are summarised below, with further details provided in note 11 of the financial statements.

 
 MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS                         31 DECEMBER 2021    31 DECEMBER 2020 
---------------------------  -----------  -------------------------  ------------------ 
 Inflation rates              UK                  2.75% RPI / 2.00%   2.75% RPI / 2.00% 
                                                               CPIH                CPIH 
                               Australia                      2.50%               2.50% 
                               Europe                         2.00%               2.00% 
                               Canada                         2.00%               2.00% 
                               US(1)                            N/A                 N/A 
---------------------------  -----------  -------------------------  ------------------ 
 Long-term deposit rates(2)   UK                              1.00%               1.00% 
                               Australia                      2.00%               2.00% 
                               Europe                         0.50%               0.50% 
                               Canada                         1.50%               1.50% 
                               US(1)                            N/A                 N/A 
---------------------------  -----------  -------------------------  ------------------ 
 Foreign exchange rates       GBP/AUD                          1.86                1.77 
                               GBP/DKK                         8.86                 N/A 
                               GBP/EUR                         1.19                1.11 
                               GBP/CAD                         1.72                1.74 
                               GBP/USD                         1.35                1.37 
---------------------------  -----------  -------------------------  ------------------ 
 Tax rates(3)                 UK                    19.00% / 25.00%              19.00% 
                               Australia                     30.00%              30.00% 
                               Europe       Various (12.50%-32.28%)     Various (12.50% 
                               Canada       Various (23.00%-26.50%)           - 32.28%) 
                               US(1)                            N/A     Various (23.00% 
                                                                              - 26.50%) 
                                                                                    N/A 
---------------------------  -----------  -------------------------  ------------------ 
 

1 The Company's US investment is in the form of subordinated debt and therefore not directly impacted by inflation, deposit and tax rate assumptions.

2 The portfolio valuation assumes actual current deposit rates are maintained until 31 December 2023 before adjusting to the long-term rates noted in the table above from 1 January 2024. The

31 December 2020 valuation assumed the long-term rates noted in the table above would apply from 1 January 2023.

3 Tax rates reflect those substantively enacted as at the valuation date or those that could reasonably be expected to be substantively enacted shortly after the valuation date. Please note the UK tax rate assumptions include the increase from 19% to 25% applicable from 1 April 2023 onwards.

Discount Rates

The discount rate used to value each investment comprises the appropriate long-term government bond yield plus an investment-specific risk premium which reflects the risks associated with that particular investment and is designed to ensure that the resulting valuation reflects prevailing market conditions.

The majority of the Company's portfolio (91%) comprises Risk Capital investments, while the remaining portion (9%) comprises senior debt investments. To provide investors with a greater level of transparency, the Company publishes both a Risk Capital weighted average discount rate and a portfolio weighted average discount rate - the latter of which captures the discount rates of all investments including the senior debt interests.

The weighted average discount rates are presented in the table below.

 
                                31 DECEMBER   31 DECEMBER 
                                       2021          2020   MOVEMENT 
-----------------------------  ------------  ------------  --------- 
 Weighted average government 
  bond yield - portfolio              0.96%         0.56%      40bps 
-----------------------------  ------------  ------------  --------- 
 Weighted average investment 
  premium - portfolio                 6.01%         6.41%    (40bps) 
-----------------------------  ------------  ------------  --------- 
 Weighted average discount 
  rate - portfolio                    6.97%         6.97%          - 
-----------------------------  ------------  ------------  --------- 
 Weighted average discount 
  rate - Risk Capital                 7.38%         7.52%    (14bps) 
-----------------------------  ------------  ------------  --------- 
 

The Company is aware that there are differences in approach to the valuation of investments among listed infrastructure funds similar to the Company. In the Company's view, comparisons of discount rates between different listed infrastructure funds are only meaningful if there is a comparable level of confidence in the quality of forecast cash flows (i.e. assumptions are homogeneous); the risk and return characteristics of different investment portfolios are understood; and allowance is made for differences in the quality of asset management employed to manage risk and deliver returns. Any focus on average discount rates without an assessment of these and other factors would be incomplete and could therefore lead to misleading conclusions.

VALUATION SENSITIVITIES

This section indicates the sensitivity of the 31 December 2021 NAV per share of 148.2 pence to changes in key assumptions. Further details can be found in note 16 of the financial statements. This analysis is provided as an indication of the potential impact of these assumptions on the NAV per share on the unlikely basis that the changes occur uniformly across the portfolio. The movement in each assumption could be higher or lower than presented. Further, forecasting the impact of these assumptions on the NAV in isolation cannot be relied on as an accurate guide to the future performance of the Company as many other factors and variables will combine to determine what actual future returns are available. These sensitivities should therefore be used only for general guidance and not as an accurate prediction of outcomes.

Estimated impact of Changes in Key Variables to 31 December 2021 NAV of 148.2 p per Share

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

DISCOUNT RATES

The chart above indicates the sensitivity of the NAV per share to uniform changes to the discount rates applied to the forecast cash flows from each individual investment.

INFLATION

The impact of inflation on the value of each investment depends upon the extent to which the revenues and costs of that particular investment are linked to an inflation index. On a portfolio basis, there is a positive correlation to inflation with a 1.0% sustained increase in the assumed inflation rates projected to generate a 0.7% increase in returns (31 December 2020: 0.8%). The returns generated by the Company's UK investments are typically linked to the Retail Price Index ('RPI'), whereas the Company's non-UK investments are typically linked to the relevant Consumer Price Index ('CPI') for that jurisdiction. Further to recent announcements by the UK's energy and water regulators, the revenues earned by Cadent and Tideway will be linked to the CPIH (CPI including owner occupied housing costs) from 2021 and 2030, respectively. The regulators have stated that this is not designed to negatively impact companies but rather to reflect the perceived shortcomings of the RPI (i.e. the regulators' intention is for the transition from RPI to CPIH to be valuation neutral).

In anticipation of the UK Government's previously announced intention to align the RPI to the CPIH from 2030 onwards, the inflation assumption used for UK investments which do not benefit from protective contractual agreements or regulatory precedents has been aligned to CPIH from 2030. For the avoidance of doubt, the impact of this approach on the NAV is negligible.

The inflation sensitivities by geographical region are provided in note 16 of the financial statements.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE

The Company has a geographically diverse portfolio and forecast cash flows from investments are subject to foreign exchange rate risk in relation to Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Danish Krone, Euros and US Dollars. The Company seeks to mitigate the impact of foreign exchange rate changes on near-term cash flows by entering into forward contracts, but the Company does not hedge exposure to foreign exchange rate risk on long-term cash flows. The impact of a 10% increase or decrease in all foreign exchange rates is provided for illustration.

DEPOSIT RATES

The long-term weighted average deposit rate assumption across the portfolio is 1.04% per annum. While operating cash balances tend to be low given the structured nature of the investments, project finance structures typically include reserve accounts to mitigate certain costs and therefore variations to deposit rates may impact valuations. The impact of a 1.00% increase or decrease in these rates is provided for illustration.

TAX RATES

Post-tax investment cash inflows are impacted by tax rates across all relevant jurisdictions. The impact of a 1.00% increase or decrease in these rates is provided for illustration. Other potential tax changes are not covered by this scenario.

LIFECYCLE SP

There is a process of renewal required to keep physical assets fit for use and the proportion of total cost that represents this 'lifecycle spend' will depend on the nature of the asset.

PPPs will typically need to ensure that the assets are kept at the standard required of them under agreements with relevant public sector counterparties. To enhance the certainty around cash flows, the majority of the Company's PPP investments, and all of the Company's OFTO investments, are currently structured such that lifecycle cost risk is taken by a subcontractor for a fixed price (isolating equity investors from such downside risk). As a result, the impact of changes to the forecast lifecycle costs for the Company's PPP investments is relatively small.

The Company's investments in rolling stock leasing or operating businesses, or businesses providing digital infrastructure, are also distinct from PPPs which have fixed revenue streams from which they need to pay lifecycle costs. These businesses will still expect to incur lifecycle costs, but over time will typically reflect changes in lifecycle costs through the prices they charge their end-users. No lifecycle sensitivity has been run in respect of the Company's digital infrastructure investments as the short-term nature of the revenue contracts is assumed to allow changes in lifecycle costs to be passed on to consumers through changes in the price of services in a timely manner.

Tideway and Cadent are treated differently due to the protections offered by the regulatory regimes under which they operate. Regulated assets have their revenues determined for a known regulatory period and each settlement includes revenue sufficient to allow the owner to undertake the efficient lifecycle management of its assets due in that regulatory period. It is common practice to employ reputable subcontractors to undertake lifecycle work under contracts which include incentive and penalty regimes aligned with the businesses' regulatory targets. This approach ensures an alignment of interest and helps to mitigate the risk of increased lifecycle costs falling on the equity investor. Accordingly, no lifecycle sensitivity has been run in respect of the Company's investments in Tideway and Cadent.

The impact of a 10% increase or decrease in the lifecycle costs incurred by the Company's PPPs, OFTOs, rolling stock leasing or operating businesses is provided for illustration.

By order of the Board

 
 Mike Gerrard    John Le Poidevin 
 Chair           Director 
 23 March 2022   23 March 2022 
 

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT

APPROACH

The Company believes that the financial performance of its investments is linked to environmental and social success and, as such, the Company considers issues that have the potential to impact the performance of its investments, both now and in the future.

Consideration of ESG drivers is an essential part of how the Company assesses the long-term viability of the investments that it makes and its associated asset management strategies. ESG drivers are non-financial factors that can influence and be influenced by the Company's business activities and include factors such as climate change, demographics, resources, technology and social values.

ESG is important to the Company for the following key reasons:

   -       ESG drivers present an opportunity for new markets and investments; 

- Incorporating ESG into the Company's management processes supports its high standards of financial rigour and requirements for long-term financial performance; and

- By investing in infrastructure and associated businesses, the Company can meaningfully support sustainable development.

The Company's approach to sustainability and ESG integration is described in more detail in its recently published Sustainability Report(1) .

POLICY

The Company has a common ESG Policy(2) with its Investment Adviser. It defines the objectives and approach to embedding ESG in investments, operations, and the communities in which the Company's investments operate.

GOVERNANCE

THE ROLE OF THE BOARD AND COMMITTEES

The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring ESG is fully integrated into all aspects of the investment strategy. To support it in this role, the Board established a new ESG Committee in March 2021. The ESG Committee provides a forum for discussion, support and challenge, with respect to ESG. This includes the policies adopted by the Company in relation to both investments and divestments and by its Investment Adviser regarding its asset management and reporting activities on such matters that relate to the Company. The ESG Committee meets quarterly, and its full Terms of Reference can be found on the Company's website(3) .

In addition to the ESG Committee, ESG factors are considered through the following committees:

- Investment Committee: The Company's Investment Committee ensures ESG has been appropriately considered in the investment and divestment processes and provides a robust challenge to the Investment Adviser on such processes;

- Audit and Risk Committee: The Company's Audit and Risk Committee oversees the Company's approach to ESG disclosures and reporting to its stakeholders and ensures all risk management frameworks consider material ESG risks (e.g. climate change); and

- Management Engagement Committee: The Company's Management Engagement Committee reviews the effectiveness of ESG integration by the Investment Adviser.

For more information, please refer to the Company's Sustainability Report, which can be found on the Company's website(1) .

ROLE OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

The Company's Investment Adviser is responsible for implementing the Company's ESG policies into the Company's activities on a day-to-day basis. This includes the integration of ESG considerations through investment origination and the management of the Company's investments.

Amber's Executive Committee is responsible for the stewardship of Amber's business and affairs. The Executive Committee discharges its sustainability responsibilities directly through its internal Risk Committee, ESG Steering Committee and Corporate Social Responsibility ('CSR') Sub-Committee.

Amber's ESG Steering Committee also interfaces with the Company's ESG Committee, ensuring the Company can monitor its ESG performance, and is kept abreast of emerging ESG risks and opportunities, such as climate change, to inform its strategy.

For more information, please refer to Amber's Global Sustainability Report(4) .

1 https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/media/2471/inpp-2021-sustainability-report.pdf

   2        https://www.amberinfrastructure.com/media/2231/esg-policy_final.pdf. 
   3        https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/media/2391/inp p-esgc-tor-march-21.pdf. 

4 https://www.amberinfrastructure.com/media/2469/amber-2021-global-sustainability-report.pdf.

SUSTAINABILITY AND ESG FRAMEWORKS

To deliver the ESG Policy and guide the Company's ESG strategy, the Company draws on several frameworks and benchmarks to provide direction. These frameworks are reviewed on an annual basis to ensure that the Company remains at the forefront of sustainable investment, operations and reporting.

Ambition

The Company believes that investing in infrastructure which supports a sustainable, prosperous, equitable and resilient society should deliver robust financial performance for its shareholders. It is supportive of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development adopted by the UN Member States in 2015. Alongside the research of its Investment Adviser into emerging trends and technologies, the Company draws on the SDGs to help guide its approach to sustainability.

ESG integration

To benchmark its ESG integration performance, the Company's Investment Adviser became a signatory of the PRI in August 2019. The Company's investment-related activities, as overseen by the Investment Adviser, are in line with commitments to the Principles.

The Company is pleased to report that its Investment Adviser obtained an A+ ranking for both the Strategy and Governance and the Infrastructure modules in 2020. The PRI is currently carrying out updates to its reporting module, resulting in a delay to receiving an updated score. We expect to provide an update during the course of 2022.

Climate change

Climate change presents both transitional and physical risks to the Company's investments. As such, it continues to be a high priority for the Company. The Company is aligning all new investments with the objectives of the Paris Agreement and has commenced the process of adopting the TCFD recommendations.

The Company is continuing efforts to enhance its approach and disclosures according to the TCFD Guidelines. Please see more information on pages 45 to 47.

Infrastructure performance standards

The Company recognises its biggest impact on sustainable development is through its investments, which are wide-ranging in their nature. The Company's priority is to ensure it focuses on material issues for each sector in which it invests, and it draws on international industry practice to help identify what is important for each sector.

Where possible, the Company draws on recognised third party benchmarks to serve as a proxy for assessing whether an investment meets or manages material sustainability factors.

Emerging regulatory frameworks

The Company is mindful and supportive of several emerging regulatory frameworks in relation to sustainable finance, particularly the SFDR, EU Taxonomy for Sustainable Activities ('EU Taxonomy') and expected UK Sustainability Disclosure Requirements ('SDR'). As a Guernsey-based investment company listed on the London Stock Exchange, the Company is not required to make any specific disclosures at the time of publishing this report. However, the Board is committed to supporting its shareholders and upholding the highest levels of transparency which includes the importance of considering sustainability risks and opportunities as part of its investment process.

[Graphics can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

IMPACT

By investing in the 'right type' of infrastructure, the Company believes its investments can significantly support the targets set out by the SDGs. For each investment sector, the Company has identified which SDGs these are positively supporting. The Company's contribution to the SDGs at the macro level is summarised below(1) .

 
 SDG   Contribution                             Impact                                        Portfolio 
                                                                                    SDG contribution(2) 
----  ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  --------------------- 
       Good Health and Wellbeing. 
        The Company has investments 
        in 38 health facilities, including      >544,000 
        the award-winning Royal Children's       Patients treated annually 
        Hospital in Melbourne, providing         in healthcare facilities 
        access to quality essential              developed and maintained 
 3      health-care services.                    by the Company                                      4% 
----  ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  --------------------- 
                                                37,000,000 
                                                 The three components of 
       Clean Water and Sanitation.               the London Tideway improvements 
        The Thames Tideway Tunnel                work conjunctively to 
        is the biggest infrastructure            reduce discharges in a 
        project ever undertaken by               typical year by about 
 6      the privatised UK water industry.        37 million cubic metres(3)                          9% 
----  ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  --------------------- 
       Industry, Innovation and 
        Infrastructure. Investing 
        in resilient infrastructure 
        is at the heart of what we 
        do. The Company's portfolio 
        is invested into quality, 
        reliable, sustainable and               131,000km 
        resilient infrastructure(1)              Length of gas transportation 
 9      .                                        pipeline                                           19% 
----  ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  --------------------- 
       Peace, Justice and Strong 
        Institutions. Through the 
        provision of high-quality 
        judicial buildings, the Company 
        is supporting effective, accountable,   13 
        and transparent institutions             Police stations and judicial 
 16     at all levels.                           buildings                                           4% 
----  ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  --------------------- 
       Quality Education. Good infrastructure 
        is at the base of quality 
        education. By investing directly 
        in 269 education facilities, 
        and maintaining them sustainably,       >168,000 
        the Company can support effective        Students attending schools 
        learning environments for                developed and maintained 
 4      all.                                     by the Company                                     18% 
----  ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  --------------------- 
       Affordable and Clean Energy.             >2,100,000 
        Through the Company's investments        Homes capable of being 
        in offshore transmission investments,    powered by renewable energy 
        we are supporting the provision          transmitted through offshore 
 7      of affordable and clean energy.          transmission investments                           22% 
----  ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  --------------------- 
       Sustainable Cities and Communities. 
        The Company's investments               >93,000,000 
        in transport provide safe,               Annual passenger journeys 
        affordable, accessible and               through sustainable transport 
 11     sustainable transportation.              investments(4)                                     24% 
----  ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  --------------------- 
 

1 Data reflects performance over the reporting period. SDG metrics apply to investments where the Company has a majority equity investment, or a minority equity holding over GBP2 million.

   2                      Investment at Fair Value. 

3 https://www.tideway.london/media/5097/j0115_sustainable-finance-report-vis7a-2.pdf

4 Annual passenger journeys include those made on BeNEX, Diabolo, Gold Coast and Reliance Rail

[Graphics can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT

The Company's metrics against the SDGs illustrate the breadth of positive social impacts its portfolio of investments can deliver. The Company seeks to improve the sustainability performance of its investments and closely monitors and manages against any potential adverse impacts. An overview of the Company's approach to sustainable management, including its Sustainability Policy Aims, can be found in the Sustainability Report located on the Company's website1. The following pages provide some case studies of the Company's approach to active management over the period.

The Company continues to focus on managing material ESG risks and opportunities at the individual investment level, monitoring over 40 different ESG indicators as part of its ESG data collection processes. This allows the Company to target and manage material ESG issues, which can vary considerably across a diverse portfolio of investments. To help streamline ESG data for financial reporting and monitor progress at the portfolio level, the Company has developed a set of preliminary KPIs2, which will be further developed over time. These will support the Company in delivering its ESG Policy Objectives and provide an important stepping-stone towards gathering the detailed data that may be required for reporting in line with EU Taxonomy, SFDR and TCFD. Further detail on the Company's approach will be included within an updated sustainability report, along with enhanced sustainability disclosures, which will be published later in the year.

 
POLICY OBJECTIVE            KPI                                                    TARGET  PERFORMANCE DURING THE 
                                                                                           YEAR 
--------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
The Company will use ESG 
 drivers to create 
 investment opportunities 
 in new and existing        1. Contribution to Sustainable Development Goals. 
 markets                     Positive SDG contribution for new investments(3)      100%    100% 
--------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
The Company will identify   2. Investment Adviser ESG Integration Performance.     A+      A+ 
and integrate ESG factors   Investment Adviser PRI score 
into all aspects of its 
investment, development 
and management decision 
making and analysis to 
protect and enhance value 
--------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
                                  3. Robust corporate governance. Investments 
                                   with appropriate policies and procedures 
                                   concerning: 
                                    *    Health and Safety 
 
 
                                    *    Sustainability 
 
 
                                    *    Equality, Diversity and Inclusion 
 
 
                                    *    Modern Slavery and Human Rights 
 
The Company will actively 
 work towards improving             *    Conflicts of interest 
 the environmental and 
 social performance 
 of its investments by              *    Anti-corruption and financial crime risk 
 focusing on material ESG 
 issues and Sustainable 
 Development Goals                  *    Tax and transparency                      100%    96% 
--------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
 
 4. Environmental performance. Investments with appropriate systems and processes 
  in place 
  to improve environmental performance. Specific indicators include: 
  4.1 Investments with an environmental management system 
  4.2 Investments with initiatives to improve environmental performance of 
  material issues                                                                  100%    95% 
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
                                                                                   100%    79% 
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
 
 5. Health and safety performance. Investments with appropriate systems and 
  processes in place 
  to improve health and safety performance. Specific indicators include: 
  5.1 Investments with health and safety management system 
  5.2 Investments with initiatives to improve health and safety performance        100%    97% 
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
                                                                                   100%    93% 
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
 
 6. Greenhouse gas management. Investments with appropriate systems and processes 
  in place 
  to support management of energy efficiency and greenhouse gases. Specific 
  indicators include: 
  6.1 Investments monitoring Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
  6.2 Investments with initiatives to improve energy efficiency and greenhouse 
  gas performance                                                                  100%    94% 
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
                                                                                   100%    88% 
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------  ------------------------- 
 
 

1 https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/media/2471/inpp-2021-sustainability-report.pdf.

2 KPIs apply to all investments where the Company has a majority equity investment, or a minority equity holding over GBP2 million.

3 The Company aims to manage and monitor any potential adverse impacts of investments as per KPIs 3, 4, 5 and 6.

ENERGY TRANSMISSION

As the impacts of a changing climate become more apparent to our society and the solutions more urgent, it has never been more important to transition towards efficient, sustainable energy systems. Offshore wind generation is a success story for the UK. Long-term government support has underpinned innovation and investment in the sector, helping to drive down costs while contributing to decarbonisation of the economy.

impact

 
 Homes capable of being powered     >2.1 million   SDG 7 
  by renewable energy transmitted 
  by OFTOs 
 Transmission capacity              >2.5GW         SDG 7 
 

Case study

Sustainability aim - Reduce consumption of natural resources, work towards elimination of waste to landfill and move towards a circular economy

The environmental commitment by the management of the OFTO portfolio is demonstrated by its continued certification to the ISO14001 environmental standard. This was first achieved in 2019 and has been subject to annual reviews since. This standard covers all aspects of operations and environmental management from practical maintenance-based process to waste disposal and appointment of appropriately certified contractors.

Maintenance routines and actions are accurately recorded, where events such as an unlikely SF6 gas leak are immediately attended to. The management of SF6 is a critical aspect of HV switchgear and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition ('SCADA') remote monitoring systems are reviewed on a 24/7 basis to alert the team of the very rare event of recorded pressure loss that may have developed.

The team has a spill response framework with a nationally recognised onshore and marine environmental response provider, which can be called up on at very short notice in the event of a major asset failure and subsequent fluid loss. This framework remains unused to date.

[Relevant SDG graphics can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Social infrastructure is pivotal to the development of sustainable communities. While the provision of housing, clean water and electricity are vital for meeting basic human needs, other services such as schools and healthcare facilities are equally important for ensuring the long-term wellbeing of people.

impact

 
 Pupils                           >169,000   SDG 4 
 Patients                         >544,000   SDG 3 
 Police stations and judicial     13         SDG 16 
  buildings 
 Full-time equivalent employees   >3,700     SDG 8 
 

Case study

Sustainability aim - Reduce carbon emissions to move towards alignment with the goals of the Paris Agreement to limit global warming to well below 2degC and, ideally to 1.5degC

The Company is committed to identifying ways to work with its public sector partners to reduce emissions and work towards net zero. Due to the structure of these investments, any progress needs to come through collaboration of the Company, its public sector partners and key supply chain partners.

In 2021, the Company commissioned 20 net zero studies across the portfolio it manages to identify meaningful ways to support its public sector partners in reducing the emissions of their buildings.

This work is intended to inform a framework approach to delivering net zero solutions alongside developing the Company's approach at the portfolio level.

[Relevant SDG graphics can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

TRANSPORT

Well-planned and coordinated transport infrastructure is fundamental to the economic and social wellbeing of a community. It is also becoming increasingly important to combat climate change and has been identified as a crucial part of net zero carbon strategies emerging internationally.

impact

 
 Annual passenger journeys        >93 million    SDG 11 
 Annual train km travelled        >799 million   SDG 11 
 Full-time equivalent employees   >2,300         SDG 8 
 

Case study

Sustainability aim - Reduce consumption of natural resources, work towards elimination of waste to landfill and move towards a circular economy

Reliance Rail has developed a sustainability framework, which builds on its existing risk management approaches to focus on the specific sustainability issues that matter most to its business and operations and its contractors and stakeholders. Consistent with the Global Reporting Initiative ('GRI'), Reliance Rail has undertaken a materiality assessment to maintain an up to date understanding of evolving issues and expectations both internally and externally, which will help to refine its strategic priorities and ensure sustainability efforts remain relevant over the near and long-term.

In 2021, Reliance Rail obtained an overall GRESB Infrastructure score of 96 out of 100. This ranks it 1(st) out of 114 PPP investments internationally, with a five-star rating.

[Relevant SDG graphics can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

WASTE WATER

Environmental infrastructure provides cities and towns with water supply, waste disposal and pollution control services. These municipal works serve two important purposes, including protecting human health and safeguarding environmental quality.

impact

 
 Diverted waste water discharges   >37 million m(3)   SDG 6 
  when operational 
 New public space following        3 acres            SDG 11 
  construction 
 Full-time equivalent employees    >2,100             SDG 8 
 

Case study

Sustainability aim - Support investments to create an open and inclusive working environment

In a traditionally male-dominated industry such as construction, Tideway continues to look at ways to address this imbalance through measures such as inclusive recruitment, a focus on new talent in underrepresented groups in their succession planning activity, mentoring and promoting flexible working.

In support of SDG 5 - Gender Equality and SDG 10 - Reduced Inequalities, Tideway continually attempts to make the industry attractive to all members of the community through its STEM programme, 'returnship' programmes, flexible working, and gender-specific and maternity personal protective equipment.

Over the period, approximately 40% of staff employed were women. In addition, Tideway supports Women into Construction ('WiC'), a small not-for-profit organisation which promotes gender equality in the industry as well as mentoring women in the industry. In addition, the project is actively funding the development of a self-assessment tool to help further the gender diversity progress of smaller organisations.

[Relevant SDG graphics can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

GAS DISTRIBUTION

Gas distribution infrastructure plays a critical role in delivering energy to keep customers safe, warm and connected, whether that is natural gas, biogas or hydrogen. Cadent's network of gas pipes will play a vital role in meeting Britain's future energy needs and delivering the UK's net zero strategy. The network is a national asset consisting of over 80,000 miles of pipework, connected to 11 million homes; fuelling industrial sites and supplying domestic gas turbines.

impact

 
 Maximum energy throughput        5.7 million GJ/day   SDG 9 
 Homes and businesses connected   >11 million          SDG 11 
  to gas 
 Full-time equivalent employees   >5,600               SDG 8 
 

Case study

Sustainability aim - Reduce carbon emissions to work towards alignment with the goals of the Paris Agreement

The Company is actively engaging with Cadent on its approach to enabling the transition to cleaner fuels. Over the period, the Company is pleased that HyNet has been awarded 'track one' status from the Government's carbon capture, utilisation and storage ('CCUS') scheme, and will now enter into negotiations with viability checks ahead of pulling in support from a GBP1 billion fund. HyNet North West is a significant clean growth opportunity for the UK. The fund is aimed at low cost, deliverable projects which meet the major challenges of reducing carbon emissions from industry, domestic heat and transport.

HyNet North West is based on the production of hydrogen from natural gas. It includes the development of a new hydrogen pipeline and creating the UK's first carbon capture and storage ('CCS') infrastructure. CCS is a vital technology to achieve the widespread emissions savings needed to meet the 2050 carbon reduction targets, as outlined in the UK Government's ten-point plan. The new infrastructure built by HyNet is readily extendable beyond the initial project, and provides a replicable model for similar programmes across the UK.

[Relevant SDG graphics can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

DIGITAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Digital infrastructure underpins the potential of the internet. Over the next few decades, digital networks will be the enabling infrastructure that helps drive economic growth and productivity. The recent Covid-19 crisis underlines this, where remote working has been a financial and social lifeline to millions of businesses and families.

impact

 
 Premises passed      >999,000   SDG 9 
 Premises connected   >45,000    SDG 11 
 

Case study

Sustainability aim - Ensure investments are accessible to the widest group of users and available to serve local communities

In an increasingly digital age, those who are not engaging effectively with the digital world are at risk of being left behind. Technological change means that digital skills are increasingly important for connecting with others, accessing information and services and meeting the changing demands of the workplace and economy. As a result, this is leading to a digital divide between those who have access to information and communications technology and those who do not, giving rise to inequalities in access to opportunities, knowledge, services and goods.

The Company's Investment Adviser is actively involved in managing the underlying investments of NDIF and working to support the objectives of each investment. As an example, Airband, founded in 2009, is an independent internet service provider bringing high speed broadband to homes, business and industry in rural and hard-to-reach areas. Since its inception, it has passed 178,000 properties, connecting over 7,000 rural businesses and homes, helping to drive productivity, connect communities and reduce the digital divide in the UK.

[Relevant SDG graphics can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

Climate change presents both transitional and physical risks to the Company's investments. As such, it continues to be a high priority for the Company which, accordingly, has voluntarily adopted the recommendations of the TCFD. As previously reported, during 2020, the Company's Investment Adviser commissioned an external third party to undertake a review of the Company's current practices and make recommendations as to how the Company can enhance its approach and disclosures in accordance with the TCFD Guidelines.

Climate change is considered alongside other ESG risks by the Company's ESG Committee, Investment Committee and Audit and Risk Committee. During the period, the Company commissioned an additional third party to support the enhancement of its approach to assessing physical and transition climate risks and opportunities across its portfolio, in line with TCFD recommendations.

Although there is no mandatory requirement for the Company to adopt nor explain areas of non-compliance with the framework, the Company aims to integrate climate risk assessment consistently within investment decision-making and risk management processes, for existing and future investments.

The table below shows a summary of our progress to date against the TCFD recommendations.

 
 GOVERNANCE 
  Disclose the organisation's governance around climate-related risks 
  and opportunities. 
 a) Describe the Board's         The Board sets the strategy for the Company 
  oversight of climate-related    and makes decisions on changes to the portfolio 
  risks and opportunities.        (including approval of acquisitions, disposals 
                                  and valuations). Through Board committees 
                                  and the advice of external independent advisers, 
                                  it manages the governance and risks of the 
                                  Company. 
                                  The Board has overall responsibility for 
                                  ESG and ensuring it is integrated into the 
                                  Company's investment strategy, including 
                                  in relation to climate change. The Board 
                                  maintains oversight of climate risk in the 
                                  following ways: 
                                   *    Investment Committee: The Company's Investment 
                                        Committee ensures climate change risks and 
                                        opportunities have been appropriately considered 
                                        through the investment and divestment processes and 
                                        provides a robust challenge to the Investment 
                                        Adviser. 
 
 
                                   *    Audit and Risk Committee: The Company's Audit and 
                                        Risk Committee oversees the Company's approach to ESG 
                                        disclosures and ensures all risk management 
                                        frameworks consider material climate change 
                                        disclosures. Risks are reviewed quarterly, including 
                                        climate change risks. 
 
 
                                   *    ESG Committee: The Company's ESG Committee monitors 
                                        its approach to climate change, including 
                                        consideration of climate change strategy, disclosures 
                                        and targets. 
 
 
                                  The Company's Investment Adviser is responsible 
                                  for implementing the Company's ESG policies 
                                  in the Company's activities on a day-to-day 
                                  basis. This includes the integration of ESG, 
                                  and specifically climate change, considerations 
                                  through investment origination and management 
                                  of the Company's investments. 
 b) Describe management's 
  role in assessing and 
  managing climate-related 
  risks and opportunities. 
 
 
 STRATEGY 
  Disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks 
  and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy and 
  financial planning where such information is material. 
 a) Describe the climate-related   Both the risks and opportunities presented 
  risks and opportunities           by climate change are a key focus for the Board. 
  the organisation has              The Company has strengthened the alignment 
  identified over the               of its investment activity with the objectives 
  short, medium and long-term.      of the Paris Agreement. In practice the Company 
                                    has a greater formal emphasis on: 
                                     *    Enhanced screening and due diligence processes to 
                                          ensure new investments are aligned, or can directly 
                                          support, the transition to net zero; 
 
 
                                     *    Fuller deployment of emerging policy and frameworks, 
                                          such as the UK ten-point plan and EU Taxonomy, to 
                                          help guide investment decision making; and 
 
 
                                     *    Increased cooperation with public counterparties to 
                                          reduce emissions from existing investments, and to 
                                          ensure that all assets continue to help deliver on 
                                          international commitments. 
 
 
                                    The Company's investments are located in the 
                                    UK, Ireland, continental Europe, North America 
                                    and Australia. All these regions are forecast 
                                    to experience a changing climate, including 
                                    increasing episodes of extreme heat, water 
                                    stress, flooding and extreme precipitation 
                                    to varying degrees. As an investor in infrastructure 
                                    projects and businesses, the Company's investments 
                                    are likely to be directly exposed to changes 
                                    in weather. These potential physical impacts 
                                    present the following risks to the Company: 
                                     *    Unavailability of assets; 
 
 
                                     *    Property damage; 
 
 
                                     *    Insurance premiums; 
 
 
                                     *    Insurance; 
 
 
                                     *    Operational costs; 
 
 
                                     *    Maintenance costs; 
 
 
                                     *    Market value depreciation Capex for resilience; and 
 
 
                                     *    Potential future liabilities. 
 
 
                                    The majority of the Company's investments generate 
                                    availability-based or regulated revenues, with 
                                    most costs contractually determined or compensated 
                                    for via a regulatory regime. The ability for 
                                    changes in revenues or costs to have a material 
                                    impact on the portfolio's net cash flows is 
                                    limited owing to the contracts and/or regulatory 
                                    frameworks under which the assets currently 
                                    operate. 
                                    The transition to a low-carbon economy will 
                                    largely depend on the right types of infrastructure 
                                    to allow communities to live net zero lifestyles. 
                                    The changes required are wide-ranging, including 
                                    decarbonisation of heat, increased electrification 
                                    of transportation and other systems previously 
                                    dependent on fossil fuels, and decarbonisation 
                                    of construction. Several of the regions in 
                                    which the Company invests have set legally 
                                    binding net zero targets, although only a small 
                                    number of the Company's investments face transition 
                                    risks, due to the nature of contracted or regulated 
                                    frameworks. 
                                    The Company is focused on identifying current 
                                    risks and evolving its assessment and understanding 
                                    of longer-term risks, along with mitigation 
                                    of climate risks. The Company's Investment 
                                    Adviser is also working towards obtaining a 
                                    better understanding of the potential financial 
                                    impacts and its resilience with regard to different 
                                    climate scenarios. This enhanced approach will 
                                    directly inform a suite of indicators, which 
                                    will support the Company's objectives and investors' 
                                    understanding of the physical and transition 
                                    risks. 
                                    As an investor in infrastructure, the Company 
                                    will seek to support this transition and believes 
                                    it represents a significant opportunity and 
                                    this forms part of the work of the ESG Committee. 
 b) Describe the impact 
  of climate-related 
  risks and opportunities 
  on the organisation's 
  businesses, strategy 
  and financial planning. 
 c) Describe the resilience 
  of the organisation's 
  strategy, taking into 
  consideration different 
  climate-related scenarios, 
  including a 2degC or 
  lower scenario. 
 
 
 RISK 
  Disclose how the organisation identifies, assesses and manages climate-related 
  risks. 
 a) Describe the organisation's   During the period, the Company commissioned 
  processes for identifying        a third party to support it in enhancing its 
  and assessing climate-related    assessment of climate change risks. The results 
  risks.                           of this process will be disclosed later in 
                                   2022, providing greater detail on the tools, 
                                   scenarios and sensitivities that are in the 
                                   process of being implemented. This enhanced 
                                   risk assessment process will provide a more 
                                   in-depth view of the climate risk across the 
                                   portfolio. 
                                   Climate risk identification and management 
                                   is integrated within the risk management process 
                                   as a subset of wider risk categories, including 
                                   political, financial, operational and strategic 
                                   risks. 
                                   The Board is ultimately responsible for risk 
                                   management. Oversight of the risk framework 
                                   and management process is delegated to the 
                                   Audit and Risk Committee. The risk framework 
                                   has been designed to manage, rather than eliminate, 
                                   the risk of failure to meet business objectives. 
                                   No system of control can provide absolute assurance 
                                   against the incidence of risk, misstatement 
                                   or loss. Regard is given to the materiality 
                                   of relevant risks in designing systems of risk 
                                   management and internal control. While responsibility 
                                   for risk management ultimately rests with the 
                                   Board, the aim is for the risk management framework 
                                   to be embedded as part of the everyday operations 
                                   and culture of the Company and its key advisers. 
                                   Although the Company is aligning with TCFD 
                                   recommendations voluntarily, the Company's 
                                   approach to climate change risk sits alongside 
                                   other requirements to which we are subject 
                                   under applicable law and the Company's internal 
                                   policies and procedures, such as the requirement 
                                   to have robust risk management policies and 
                                   procedures. Please refer to the Continuous 
                                   Risk Management section for more information 
                                   in relation to the Company's approach to risk 
                                   management. 
 b) Describe the organisation's 
  processes for managing 
  climate-related risks. 
 c) Describe how processes 
  for identifying, assessing 
  and managing climate-related 
  risks are integrated 
  into the organisation's 
  overall risk management. 
 METRICS 
  Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess and manage relevant 
  climate-related risks and opportunities where such information is 
  material. 
 a) Disclose the metrics          The Company qualitatively assesses the risk 
  used by the organisation         of all investments and is in the process of 
  to assess climate-related        reviewing relevant climate-related metrics 
  risks and opportunities          and targets at the portfolio level, which include 
  in line with its strategy        the consideration of TCFD's supplementary guidance 
  and risk management              on metrics. The Company is currently in the 
  process.                         process of collating the information and as 
                                   yet the data is too incomplete to draw a reasonable 
                                   and accurate baseline, given the number and 
                                   breadth of assets. 
                                   To support the Company in developing these 
                                   overarching disclosures, it set an interim 
                                   target for 100% of investments to monitor and 
                                   disclose Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions. During 
                                   the period, the Company is pleased to report 
                                   that 94% are monitoring these metrics. 
                                   The Company is actively developing a carbon 
                                   footprint across all its investments to establish 
                                   a baseline and will be developing ways to enhance 
                                   its consideration and disclosure of transition 
                                   and physical risks of climate change. This 
                                   baseline is focusing on Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
                                   initially and will seek to include Scope 3 
                                   emissions where available. 
 b) Disclose Scope 1, 
  Scope 2 and, if appropriate, 
  Scope 3 GHG emissions, 
  and the related risks. 
 c) Describe the targets 
  used by the organisation 
  to manage climate-related 
  risks and opportunities 
  and performance against 
  targets. 
 

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT

VALUE CREATION - HOW WE ENGAGE

The Company takes a proactive approach to identifying and engaging with key stakeholders. This is to ensure that there is clear two-way communication that can be used to support the mutual success of the Company and its stakeholders. Good governance is the cornerstone of these relationships, and the Company is focused on leading with high standards of business conduct. It achieves this through a combination of Board engagement and oversight and leveraging the Investment Adviser's expertise and networks. The Company believes robust stakeholder engagement is a critically important component to delivering its purpose over the long term and is considered at a strategic level by the Board. The Board has promoted the success of the Company having regard to the requirements of section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006, as outlined below.

   1.    InvestorS 

Consistent and growing returns

We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-term, inflation-linked returns, based on growing dividends and the potential for capital appreciation. Through engagement with all our investors, we aim to inform our strategic objectives and to ensure that the Company understands all views on topical issues. This approach is intended to maximise investor buy-in to current objectives and performance whilst also helping shape the Company's future plans.

The key mechanisms for the Company's engagement with investors include:

- Regular and timely updates on performance, including through the annual and half-yearly reporting cycle

   -      The Company's AGM 
   -      Investor days 
   -      One-to-one meetings or calls with the Board's Chair and other Directors 
   -      One-to-one meetings or calls with representatives from the Company's Investment Adviser 
   -      Other Group engagement with representatives from the Company's Investment Adviser 
   -      The Company's website 

Over the period, the Company has increased engagement with investors around its approach to ESG. For example, in September 2021, the Company held an investor webinar following the release of its Sustainability Report. In addition, the Company has held several one-to-one meetings to increase its understanding of investor requirements as a result of regulations such as TCFD, EU Taxonomy and EU SFDR.

   2.    PUBLIC SECTOR & OTHER STAKEHOLDERS 

A TRUSTED PARTNER

We aim to provide the public sector and other customers with a highly reliable, robust service through our investments. Our ability to deliver contracted services and maintain strong relationships with our clients through our Investment Adviser is vital for the long-term success of the business. Through close engagement with our clients, we aim to meet high levels of satisfaction and quickly respond to any potential issues and emerging challenges.

The key mechanisms for engagement with our clients include:

- Regular meetings (where possible in person and/or virtually) between the Investment Adviser and public sector clients including local authorities and regulators

- Active asset management, which provides monitoring of the facilities management arrangements on compliance with maintenance obligations

   -      Asset managers directly engaging with the client on a day-to day basis 

The Company's Investment Adviser has been proactively engaging with the Company's public sector clients to provide them with options on how to work towards net zero solutions. Please refer to the case study on Page 12 for more information.

   3.    COMMUNITIES 

STRENGTHENING COMMUNITIES

We strive to make our investments an integral part of the communities they serve. Engaged communities can play an important role in successful delivery of new assets and their long-term operations. As part of our approach to active asset management, the Investment Adviser ensures critical services are delivered with a focus on the end-user, ensuring that the community is at the heart of all that we do. This approach is intended to help our communities thrive and create robust environments for our investments to flourish.

The key mechanisms for community engagement include:

   -      Active asset management providing facilities for community use 
   -      Local Education Partnership agreements 
   -      Supporting community initiatives 

Throughout the pandemic, the Company has been seeking to support those who have been negatively impacted by Covid-19. The Company, through its Investment Adviser, has been supportive of its supply chain and has engaged with the communities in which they and the Company's investments operate.

   4.    KEY SUPPLIERS 

AN ENGAGED SUPPLY CHAIN

Our ambition is to work with a high-quality, sustainable supply chain with a focus on long-term value for our stakeholders. The performance of our service providers, their employees, and investment supply chain is crucial for the long-term success of our business. The Company takes a progressive approach to engaging with key suppliers. A key component of this is ensuring our Investment Adviser is proactively maintaining an engaged supply chain for our investments.

The examples of mechanisms for engagement with key suppliers include:

   -      Annual Management Engagement Committee review 
   -      Ad hoc engagement 
   -      Quarterly Board meetings and reporting 
   -      Investment Adviser managing investment supply chain 

Throughout the pandemic, the Board has ensured that its direct supply chain's safety and wellbeing has been appropriately prioritised and managed in line with its Sustainability Policy Aim to Encourage a Zero Harm Culture. This has been monitored through pre-existing channels, such as quarterly Board meetings.

CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT

CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT

The Board is ultimately responsible for risk management. Oversight of the risk framework and management process is delegated to the Audit and Risk Committee. The risk framework has been designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to meet business objectives. No system of control can provide absolute assurance against the incidence of risk, misstatement or loss. Regard is given to the materiality of relevant risks in designing systems of risk management and internal control.

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

risk management

Risk Framework and Management Process

The Company has in place a risk management framework. The Board recognises the importance of identifying and actively monitoring the risks facing the business. The framework involves an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing significant risks faced by the Company. While responsibility for risk management ultimately rests with the Board, the aim is for the risk management framework to be embedded as part of the everyday operations and culture of the Company and its key advisers.

The risk framework is applied holistically across the Company and, to the extent possible, to the underlying investment portfolio as illustrated in the Business Model on pages 4 to 5. The framework has been in place for the year under review and up to the date of approval of these annual financial statements.

Direct communication between the Company, its Investment Adviser and the portfolio investment level asset manager, is a key element in the effective management of risk through the investment portfolio.

The Board continues to monitor the need for an internal audit function, but believes the controls and assurance processes applied at the key service providers, alongside the external controls process reviews performed annually, provide robust and sufficient assurance.

The risk framework is implemented through the following risk control processes:

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

RISK IDENTIFICATION

The Board, Audit and Risk Committee and the Risk Sub-Committee identify risks with additional input from the Company's Investment Adviser and the Administrator. Key risks are identified at the investment approval stage, where the investment papers include an assessment of key risks as well as potential mitigations. This reflects work performed at the due diligence phase, incorporating input where relevant from specialist advisors appointed to support the investment process. For investments held by the Company, the Board receives detailed quarterly asset management reports highlighting performance and potential risk issues on an investment-by-investment basis. The Audit and Risk Committee has an open dialogue with its advisers to assist with assessment of significant risks, if any, that might arise between reporting periods. A risk register is reviewed and updated by the Board and Audit and Risk Committee on a quarterly basis. An annual workshop with the Investment Adviser considers emerging risks and the positions of the current risks.

Risk assessment

Each identified risk is assessed in terms of probability of occurrence, potential impact on financial performance and any movements in the relative significance of each risk between periods. A robust assessment of principal and emerging risks facing the Company is performed. The assessments build on the wealth of knowledge acquired by the Company and Investment Adviser through both bidding and asset management phases, with risk assessments carried out to quantify and assess risks. Where risks might impact viability, these are assessed further and the Viability Statement on page 62 contains more information of this review.

Mitigation plan

For newly identified risks or existing risks with increased likelihood or impact, the Audit and Risk Committee assists the Company in developing an action plan to mitigate the risk, with enhanced monitoring and reporting put in place.

Risk monitoring, reporting and reassessment

Risks are monitored and risk mitigation plans are reassessed by the Audit and Risk Committee, where applicable, with input from any relevant key service providers, and reported to the Board on a quarterly basis. Annual external controls and process reviews help ensure the robustness of control processes. No significant failings or weaknesses were identified in the review of controls during the year.

Whilst challenges arising from the Covid-19 pandemic remain, the principal risks affecting the Company and its investment portfolio did not, in the view of the Board, materially change during the year, in part due to the typically long-term contractual and regulated nature of the Company's portfolio investments. Details of the activities performed by the Audit and Risk Committee during the year can be found on pages 75 to 78 in the Audit and Risk Committee report.

developments in the year

UK REGULATORY REGIME ANNOUNCEMENTS

Two of the Company's investments are subject to regulatory regimes which are designed by the regulators to, amongst other things, protect the interests of consumers whilst ensuring that regulated companies are able to earn a reasonable return on their capital. Changes in the regulatory regimes have the potential to impact the returns of these regulated assets.

As previously announced, in March 2021 Cadent exercised its right to appeal Ofgem's final determination in respect of the five-year regulatory period which commenced in April 2021 to the CMA as it believed this approach would best serve Cadent's customers' interests. The CMA published its final determination in October 2021 and the findings had a modestly positive impact on the Company's valuation of its investment in Cadent compared to that reported at 30 June 2021.

Also as reported previously, Tideway has been in discussions with Ofwat regarding additional measures to mitigate the impact of both Covid-19 related cost overruns and the FCAM on Tideway's investors. Subsequent to a provisional agreement with Tideway, Ofwat launched a public consultation in December 2021 to gain views from interested parties on the proposed amendments. As the consultation was ongoing at the valuation date, the 31 December 2021 valuation of the Company's investment in Tideway included a prudent assessment of the outcome of the consultation and the necessary licence modification process. The consultation subsequently closed in January 2022 and the licence modifications came into effect in March 2022.

The Company believes its regulated asset valuations continue to remain appropriate. In addition, investments in regulated assets are considered very long-term, beyond any individual regulatory cycle. Therefore, our long-term view of such assets takes into account the robustness of yield as well as potential for increases in the regulated asset base over time.

Counterparties and service providers

Counterparty risk continues to be closely monitored following issues affecting certain service providers to the Group in the last three years as well as the challenges placed on those businesses by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Investment Adviser, building on the experience gained following the liquidation of Carillion Plc and the administration of Interserve Plc, is well placed to respond to any future events of a similar nature and has contingency plans in place to allow for a smooth transition of contracts to an alternative service provider. The Investment Adviser continues to monitor the Group's counterparty exposures and contingency plans are reviewed and updated where appropriate. Please see further information on page 26.

CLIMATE CHANGE

Climate change could lead to more frequent or severe weather events such as flooding, fires, droughts and storms. Investments may be subject to extreme weather and changes in precipitation and temperature, all of which may result in physical damage or a decrease in demand or availability for infrastructure assets located in the areas affected by these conditions. Should the impact of climate change be material in nature or occur for lengthy periods of time, the financial condition or results of operations of the investments could be adversely affected. In addition, changes in legislation and regulation on climate change could result in increased capital expenditures to improve the energy efficiency or reduce the carbon footprint of the Company's investments. This transition could also lead to certain fuels and business models becoming obsolete if unable to adapt to emerging regulation and customer preference.

The Company takes climate change very seriously and continues to devote attention to managing this risk. Climate change is a key focus for the newly formed ESG Committee, ensuring that the Company continues to evolve its approach to considering both the risks and opportunities it presents. During the period, the Company commissioned a third party to support it in enhancing its assessment of climate change risks. The results of this process will be available later in 2022, providing greater detail on the tools, scenarios and sensitivities that are in the process of being implemented. The enhanced risk assessment process will provide a more in-depth view of the climate risk across the portfolio. Climate change would most likely manifest itself through impact on physical assets (risk 4) and changes in climate-related regulation (risk 9). Climate change is therefore considered both as a current and emerging risk. Further information on the Company's approach to responsible investing can be found in the Responsible Investment section on pages 38 to 48.

COVID-19 Coronavirus

The effects of the Covid-19 pandemic continue to impact all businesses across the world in a variety of ways. The Company is reassured by the operational performance of its portfolio to date. Short-term impacts have been witnessed in certain assets with demand-based risk, although operational performance of these assets has remained strong.

The Company notes that there are a range of contingent risks stemming from Covid-19. These include, but may not be limited to, staff shortages and supply chain breakdowns and their consequences. The Company continues to monitor and where possible take action to avoid or mitigate any such impacts on its portfolio. The Company notes that the overwhelming majority of its revenues come from availability-based payments or regulated cash flows that generally provide a range of protections against adverse scenarios. The Company has exposure to demand risk on a small portion of the portfolio where restrictions on movements had an adverse impact on the performance of the asset. The Company continues to hold reserves to manage unforeseen outcomes over the next 12 to 18 months.

Whilst the full long-term consequences of the pandemic and its effects over the long-term are not yet known, the Company believes that its business model continues to offer a significant degree of protection to shareholders. Please see more information on pages 50 to 51.

WAR in Ukraine

The Company continues to actively monitor the situation in Ukraine to ensure that the portfolio of investments is protected, to the extent it can be, from the direct and indirect impacts of the war. The Company does not hold any investments in the impacted region and we are not aware of any material direct implications for the Company or its portfolio.

Further information

A description of broader risk factors relevant to investors is disclosed in the latest Company prospectus available on the website www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com.

RISKS ASSESSMENT

aggregate risk assessment

The Company's identified risks have been mapped to the five different risk categories: political, portfolio operations, macroeconomic, regulation and compliance, and central operations.

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

The chart summarises the overall residual level of risk facing the Company, presenting a combined assessment which incorporates the potential impact arising from not only the Company's principal risks, but from all of the Company's other identified risks:

   -       Political risk incorporates risks arising from government policy and actions; 

- Portfolio operations risk incorporates risks arising from asset operations and ongoing investment performance, including regulatory risk impacting at asset level;

- Macroeconomic risk incorporates risks arising in the wider economy, including inflation and interest rates;

- Regulation and compliance risk incorporates risks arising from new laws and regulations applicable to the Company and its assets;

   -       Central operations risk incorporates risks arising from the management of the portfolio. 

The relative impact assessed to be arising from each risk has been combined to present a holistic position, giving stakeholders a more complete picture of the Company's residual risk position. Those risks of the Company which are assessed to be the principal risks are separately identified, and further discussed below.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

This section provides a summary of the Board's assessment of the Company's principal risks. This is not intended to highlight all the potential risks to the business. There may be other risks that are currently unknown or regarded as less material, which could turn out to materially impact the performance of the Company, its assets, capital resources and reputation. Where the Company has applied mitigation processes, it is unlikely that the techniques applied will fully mitigate the risk.

RISK TYPE

 
 INCREASE         Risk exposure has increased in the period 
 DECREASE         Risk exposure has reduced in the period 
 NO SIGNIFICANT   No significant change in risk exposure since last 
  CHANGE           reporting period 
 
 
 RISK                       DESCRIPTION                            MITIGATION 
-------------------------  -------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
 Political 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 Political                  The businesses in which                Most of the Company's existing 
  Policy                     the Company invests are                investments benefit from 
                             subject to potential changes           long-term service and asset 
                             in policy and legal requirements.      availability-based pricing 
                             All investments have a public          contracts or regulatory frameworks 
                             sector infrastructure service          and the countries in which 
                             aspect and are exposed to              the Company operates do not 
                             political scrutiny and the             tend to have a tradition 
                             potential for adverse public           of penal retrospective legislation. 
                             sector or political criticism.         Governments tend to be long-term 
                                                                    supporters of infrastructure 
                                                                    and similar investment and 
                                                                    recognise the risk of deterring 
                                                                    future investment in the 
                                                                    event that penal or disproportionate 
                                                                    steps are taken in respect 
                                                                    of existing contractual engagements. 
                           -------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
                    1 
                           -------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
 NO SIGNIFICANT 
  CHANGE 
 
                            Change in political policy 
                             Political policy and financing         Current global policy practice 
                             decisions may adversely                continues to support the 
                             impact either on existing              use of private sector capital 
                             investments, or on the Company's       to finance public infrastructure, 
                             ability to source new investments      despite challenge from some 
                             at attractive prices or                political parties, particularly 
                             at all. This may impact                in the UK, around the role 
                             the Company's reputation.              of the private sector in 
                             A certain degree of reputational       the provision of such services. 
                             risk exists in this area               The Company seeks to maintain 
                             as policy decisions adversely          strong and positive relationships 
                             impacting the Company have             with its public sector clients 
                             the potential to be made               where possible. It also has 
                             as a direct or indirect                an active relationship with 
                             result of reputational developments    other external stakeholders 
                             seen across the wider sector.          including investors. 
                            Termination of contracts 
                             Often contracts between                The Company engages with 
                             public sector bodies and               its public sector clients 
                             the Company's investment               in developing cost-saving 
                             entities contain rights                initiatives and seeks to 
                             for the public sector to               act as a 'good partner' including 
                             terminate contracts in certain         by focusing on the ESG aspects 
                             situations. While the contracts        of its investments. None 
                             typically provide for some             of the Company's investments 
                             compensation in such cases,            have been identified, by 
                             this may be less than required         any government audit or public 
                             to sustain the Company's               sector report, as poor value 
                             valuation, causing loss                for money or not in the public 
                             of value. There have been              interest. 
                             instances of contracts being           The Investment Adviser is 
                             voluntarily terminated in              a signatory to the Code of 
                             the UK (although not affecting         Conduct for Operational PFI/PPP 
                             the Company).                          contracts in the UK. The 
                                                                    voluntary Code of Conduct 
                                                                    sets out the basis on which 
                                                                    public and private sector 
                                                                    partners agree to work together 
                                                                    to make savings in operational 
                                                                    PPP contracts. 
                                                                    Compensation on termination 
                                                                    clauses within such contracts 
                                                                    serve to partially mitigate 
                                                                    the risk of voluntary termination. 
                                                                    Furthermore, in the current 
                                                                    financial climate where voluntary 
                                                                    termination leads to a requirement 
                                                                    to pay compensation, such 
                                                                    compensation is likely, in 
                                                                    many cases to represent an 
                                                                    unattractive immediate call 
                                                                    on the public finances for 
                                                                    the public sector. 
                            Nationalisation 
                             Longer term political policy           The Company believes significant 
                             pressures arising as a consequence     compensation would be required 
                             of Brexit in the UK or the             in order to enact this policy 
                             Covid-19 pandemic more globally        legitimately within existing 
                             remain uncertain, so the               contractual arrangements. 
                             possible risk of nationalisation       Therefore, we maintain the 
                             can be seen to remain over             view that the Company is 
                             the medium-term.                       defensively positioned in 
                                                                    this regard. 
-------------------------  -------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
 Asset Performance      Construction 
                         For the Company's assets 
                         under construction, there 
                         is an element of construction 
                         risk that takes the form of 
                         cost overruns or delays that 
                         could impact on investment 
                         returns. The construction 
                         industry continues to see 
                         implications resulting from 
                         the Covid-19 pandemic, which 
                         contain potential consequential 
                         impacts on the Company. 
                    2 
 NO SIGNIFICANT                                                    Contractual mechanisms 
  CHANGE                                                            allow for significant pass-down 
                                                                    of construction cost overrun 
                                                                    and delay risk to subcontractors 
                                                                    and/or consumers, subject 
                                                                    to credit risk (see below). 
                                                                    The Company's investment 
                                                                    in Tideway benefits from 
                                                                    a government support mechanism 
                                                                    which ultimately backstops 
                                                                    investors' downside risk 
                                                                    in the event of a major 
                                                                    construction cost overrun. 
                                                                    Tideway construction works 
                                                                    were 73% complete as at 
                                                                    31 December 2021. 
                        Operational performance 
                         Assets in the portfolio have               The Board reviews the performance 
                         revenues which are based on                of each investment on a 
                         the availability of the asset,             quarterly basis and historically 
                         as well as revenues not solely             has seen consistently high 
                         dependent on availability                  levels of asset availability. 
                         but also have linkage to other             For regulated assets, the 
                         factors including demand risk              regulatory regimes under 
                         being subject to regulatory                which the assets operate 
                         frameworks.                                provide a level of protection 
                         The entitlement of the Company's           of cash flows for these 
                         PPP and OFTO investments to                assets. 
                         receive revenues is generally              Contractual mechanisms and 
                         dependent on underlying physical           underlying regulatory frameworks 
                         assets remaining available                 also allow for significant 
                         for use and continuing to                  pass-down of unavailability 
                         meet certain performance standards.        and performance risk to 
                         Failure to maintain assets                 subcontractors in many cases, 
                         available for use or operating             subject to credit risk (see 
                         in accordance with pre-determined          below). 
                         performance standards may                  In addition, investments 
                         result in a reduction in the               in regulated assets are 
                         income that the Company has                considered very long-term 
                         projected to receive.                      by the Company, beyond any 
                         Two of the Company's investments           individual regulatory cycle. 
                         are subject to regulatory                  This long-term view of such 
                         regimes which are designed                 assets takes into account 
                         by the regulators to, among                the robustness of yield 
                         other things, protect the                  as well as the potential 
                         interests of consumers whilst              for increases in the regulated 
                         ensuring that regulated companies          asset base over time. 
                         are able to earn a reasonable              The Company, through its 
                         return on their capital. Changes           Investment Adviser, has 
                         in the regulatory regimes                  sight of detailed business 
                         have the potential to impact               continuity plans of its 
                         the returns of the Company's               counterparties designed 
                         two regulated assets.                      to manage services in adverse 
                         Disruption arising from Covid-19           circumstances. In addition, 
                         may continue to affect services            the Company has the ability 
                         provision as well as impact                to pass down certain costs 
                         the facilities management                  to the service providers 
                         industry. Certain assets within            and can potentially rely 
                         the portfolio have demand                  on business interruption 
                         risk based on the usage of                 cover where available. 
                         the underlying infrastructure.             A small portion of the portfolio 
                         A number of investments in                 has exposure to demand risk; 
                         the portfolio assume residual              cash reserves have been 
                         values which are expected                  maintained to manage unforeseen 
                         to be received from the assets             exposures whilst Covid-19 
                         on completion of the project               related uncertainties persist. 
                         contract or at the end of                  Certain demand-based assets 
                         the expected investment holding            have contractual arrangements 
                         period. Amounts which are                  to adjust pricing in the 
                         realised may be different                  event of a substantial decrease 
                         from current assumptions.                  in usage. 
                                                                    Residual value assumptions 
                                                                    are based on prevailing 
                                                                    market expectations and 
                                                                    where possible recent market 
                                                                    evidence. The nature of 
                                                                    the Company's assets should 
                                                                    provide some mitigation 
                                                                    to the risk of a reduction 
                                                                    in demand for the assets 
                                                                    at the end of the expected 
                                                                    investment holding period. 
---------------------  -----------------------------------------  -------------------------------------- 
 
 
 
                                                   Termination 
                                                   In serious cases where     In the event of 
                                                   the terms of the           significant 
                                                   underlying                 and continuing 
                                                   contract with the public   unavailability 
                                                   sector are breached due    across the 
                                                   to default or force        Company's 
                                                   majeure                    portfolio, 
                                                   then that contract can     the Company is able 
                                                   usually be terminated      to 
                                                   without                    terminate the 
                                                   compensation. Failure to   Investment 
                                                   receive the amount of      Advisory Agreement. 
                                                   revenue                    This 
                                                   projected or termination   serves to reinforce 
                                                   of a contract will have    alignment 
                                                   a consequential impact     of interest between 
                                                   on the Company's cash      the 
                                                   flow                       Company and the 
                                                   and value.                 Investment 
                                                                              Adviser. 
                                                                              The risk of 
                                                                              termination 
                                                                              of contracts as a 
                                                                              result 
                                                                              of political policy 
                                                                              is 
                                                                              addressed on page 
                                                                              54. 
                                                  -------------------------  -------------------- 
                                                   The Company's              The Company has a 
  Counterparty Risk                                investments                broad 
                                                   are dependent on the       range of suppliers 
                                                   performance                and 
                                                   of a series of             believes that 
                                                   counterparties             supplier 
                                                   to contracts including     counterparty risk 
                                                   public sector bodies,      is diversified 
                                                   consortium                 across its 
                                                   partners, construction     investments. 
                                                   contractors, facilities    All contracts 
                                                   management and             include 
                                                   maintenance                the provision of a 
                                                   contractors, asset and     security 
                                                   investment managers        package from 
                                                   (including                 counterparties 
                                                   the Investment Adviser),   to mitigate the 
                                                   banks and lending          impact 
                                                   institutions               of supplier 
                                                   and others. Failure by     failure. In 
                                                   one or more of these       addition, generally 
                                                   counterparties             payments 
                                                   to perform their           are made in arrears 
                                                   obligations                to 
                                                   fully or as anticipated    service providers 
                                                   could adversely affect     giving 
                                                   the performance of         the Company some 
                                                   affected                   protection 
                                                   investments. There may     against failures in 
                                                   be disruption or delay     performance. 
                                                   to the services provided   The credit quality 
                                                   to investments, or         of 
                                                   replacement                supplier 
                                                   counterparties (where      counterparties 
                                                   they                       is reviewed as part 
                                                   can be obtained) may       of 
                                                   only                       the Company's due 
                                                   be obtained at a greater   diligence 
                                                   cost. These risks would    at the time of 
                                                   negatively impact the      making 
                                                   Company's                  its investments and 
                                                   cash flows and             for 
                                                   valuation.                 key suppliers on a 
                                                                              regular 
                                                                              basis. 
                                                                              Most of the 
                                                                              services provided 
                                                                              to the Company's 
                                                                              investments 
                                                                              are reasonably well 
                                                                              established 
                                                                              with a number of 
                                                                              competing 
                                                                              providers. 
                                                                              Therefore, 
                                                                              there are 
                                                                              expectations 
                                                                              that there will be 
                                                                              a pool 
                                                                              of potential 
                                                                              replacement 
                                                                              supplier 
                                                                              counterparties 
                                                                              in the event that a 
                                                                              service 
                                                                              counterparty fails, 
                                                                              albeit 
                                                                              not necessarily at 
                                                                              the 
                                                                              same cost. 
                                                                              The Company closely 
                                                                              monitors 
                                                                              the risk of adverse 
                                                                              developments 
                                                                              occurring in 
                                                                              relation 
                                                                              to its significant 
                                                                              counterparties, 
                                                                              and develops 
                                                                              contingency 
                                                                              plans as 
                                                                              appropriate to 
                                                                              ensure risk of 
                                                                              counterparty 
                                                                              failure is 
                                                                              minimised. 
                                                                              Information 
                                                                              regarding 
                                                                              relevant 
                                                                              counterparty 
                                                                              risk developments 
                                                                              during 
                                                                              the year can be 
                                                                              found 
                                                                              on page 47. 
                                                  -------------------------  -------------------- 
       3 
                                                  -------------------------  ------------------- 
 NO SIGNIFICANT 
  CHANGE 
 
                                                   Where borrowings exist     The credit risk of 
                                                   in respect of the          such 
                                                   Company's                  swap counterparties 
                                                   investments, interest      is 
                                                   rates                      considered at the 
                                                   are generally fixed        time 
                                                   through                    of entering into 
                                                   the use of interest rate   these 
                                                   swaps. The Company is      arrangements and is 
                                                   therefore                  regularly 
                                                   exposed if the             reviewed. However, 
                                                   counterparties             there 
                                                   of these swaps were to     is a risk of credit 
                                                   default or the swaps       deterioration 
                                                   otherwise                  which could impact 
                                                   become ineffective.        affected 
                                                                              investments. The 
                                                                              Company 
                                                                              continues to aim to 
                                                                              use 
                                                                              reputed financial 
                                                                              institutions 
                                                                              with good credit 
                                                                              ratings. 
                                                                              In most cases, the 
                                                                              swaps 
                                                                              are out of money, 
                                                                              therefore 
                                                                              reducing the risk 
                                                                              of counterparty 
                                                                              default. 
------------------------------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------- 
                                                   The Company indirectly     The Company's 
    Physical Asset                                 invests in physical        investments 
    Risk                                           assets                     benefit from 
    4                                              used by the public and     regular risk 
    NO SIGNIFICANT                                 thus is exposed to         reviews and 
    CHANGE                                         possible                   external insurance 
                                                   risks, both reputational   advice which is 
                                                   and legal, in the event    intended 
                                                   of damage or destruction   to ensure that 
                                                   to such assets and their   those assets 
                                                   users, including loss of   continue to benefit 
                                                   life, personal injury      from 
                                                   and                        insurance cover 
                                                   property damage. While     that is 
                                                   the assets the Company     standard for such 
                                                   invests in benefit from    assets. 
                                                   insurance policies, 
                                                   these                      During the year, 
                                                   may not be effective in    the Company 
                                                   all cases.                 commissioned a 
                                                                              third party 
                                                   Climate change             to work alongside 
                                                   Investments may be         its 
                                                   subject                    Investment Adviser 
                                                   to extreme weather and     to 
                                                   changes in precipitation   assess alignment 
                                                   and temperature, all of    with 
                                                   which may result in        the recommendations 
                                                   physical                   of 
                                                   damage to assets.          TCFD. The Company 
                                                                              has 
                                                                              continued to update 
                                                                              its 
                                                                              investment 
                                                                              processes, 
                                                                              further 
                                                                              strengthening 
                                                                              climate 
                                                                              considerations 
                                                                              within investment 
                                                                              screening 
                                                                              and diligence, 
                                                                              ensuring 
                                                                              these are 
                                                                              considered from 
                                                                              the earliest point 
                                                                              in 
                                                                              the investment 
                                                                              cycle. 
 -----------------------------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------- 
  Contract Risk                                    The performance of the     Such contracts have 
   5                                               Company's investments is   been 
   NO SIGNIFICANT                                  dependent on the complex   entered into, 
   CHANGE                                          set of contractual         usually 
                                                   arrangements               only after 
                                                   specific to each           extensive 
                                                   investment                 negotiations 
                                                   continuing to operate as   and with the 
                                                   intended. The Company is   benefit of 
                                                   exposed to the risk that   external legal 
                                                   such contracts do not      advice. 
                                                   operate                    A legal review of 
                                                   as intended, are           contract 
                                                   incomplete,                documentation is 
                                                   contain unanticipated      undertaken 
                                                   liabilities,               as part of the 
                                                   are subject to             Company's 
                                                   interpretation             due diligence at 
                                                   contrary to its            the time 
                                                   expectations               of making new 
                                                   or otherwise fail to       investments. 
                                                   provide                    See Political 
                                                   the protection or          Policy risk 
                                                   recourse                   for further 
                                                   anticipated.               commentary 
                                                                              on contractual risk 
                                                                              of 
                                                                              voluntary 
                                                                              termination. 
 -----------------------------------------------  -------------------------  -------------------- 
  MACROECONOMIC 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  Inflation                    Inflation may be higher                        The Company uses a 
  6                             or lower than expected.                       long-term 
  NO SIGNIFICANT                The net cash flows from                       view of inflation 
  CHANGE                        the Company's investment                      within 
  Despite recent                portfolio are positively                      its forecasts, 
  increases in inflation,       correlated to inflation.                      benchmarked 
  the Company continues         Should actual inflation                       where possible to 
  to take a long-term           turn out to be higher or                      independent 
  view of inflation             lower than the rates assumed                  analysis. It also 
  in each geography.            by the Company at the relevant                provides 
                                valuation date, this would                    sensitivities to 
                                be expected to impact positively              investors 
                                or negatively, respectively,                  indicating the 
                                on the Company's projected                    projected 
                                cash flows.                                   impact on the 
                                The level of inflation-linkage                Company's 
                                across the investments held                   NAV of alternative 
                                by the Company varies and                     inflation 
                                is not consistent. The consequences           scenarios, 
                                of higher or lower levels                     offering investors 
                                of inflation than that assumed                an ability to 
                                by the Company will not                       anticipate 
                                be uniform across its portfolio.              the likely effects 
                                The Company is also exposed                   alternative 
                                to the risk of changes to                     inflation 
                                the manner in which inflation                 scenarios may 
                                is calculated by the relevant                 have on their 
                                authorities.                                  investment. 
                                                                              The Company 
                                                                              monitors the 
                                                                              effect of 
                                                                              inflation on 
                                                                              its portfolio 
                                                                              through 
                                                                              its biannual 
                                                                              valuation 
                                                                              process. 
 ---------------------------  ---------------------------------------------  ------------------- 
  Foreign Exchange             A portion of the Company's                     The Company uses 
   Movements                    investment portfolio has                      forward 
   7                            cash flows which are denominated              foreign exchange 
   NO SIGNIFICANT               in currencies other than                      contracts 
   CHANGE                       Sterling, but the Company                     to mitigate the 
                                borrows corporate level                       risk of 
                                debt, reports its NAV and                     short-term 
                                pays dividends in sterling.                   volatility 
                                Changes in the rates of                       in foreign 
                                foreign currency exchange                     exchange rates 
                                are outside the Company's                     on the Sterling 
                                control and may impact positively             value 
                                or negatively on cash flows                   of cash flows from 
                                and valuation.                                overseas 
                                                                              investments. These 
                                                                              may 
                                                                              not be fully 
                                                                              effective 
                                                                              and rely on the 
                                                                              strength 
                                                                              of the 
                                                                              counterparties 
                                                                              to those contracts 
                                                                              to 
                                                                              be enforceable. 
                                                                              The Company 
                                                                              monitors the 
                                                                              effect of foreign 
                                                                              exchange 
                                                                              on its portfolio 
                                                                              through 
                                                                              its biannual 
                                                                              valuation 
                                                                              process and 
                                                                              reports this 
                                                                              to investors. The 
                                                                              Company 
                                                                              also provides 
                                                                              sensitivities 
                                                                              to investors 
                                                                              indicating 
                                                                              the projected 
                                                                              impact on 
                                                                              the NAV of a 
                                                                              limited number 
                                                                              of alternative 
                                                                              foreign 
                                                                              exchange 
                                                                              scenarios, 
                                                                              offering 
                                                                              investors the 
                                                                              ability 
                                                                              to anticipate the 
                                                                              likely 
                                                                              effects of some 
                                                                              foreign 
                                                                              exchange scenarios 
                                                                              on 
                                                                              their investment. 
                                                                              The 
                                                                              Company continues 
                                                                              to be 
                                                                              mindful of the 
                                                                              potential 
                                                                              for exchange rate 
                                                                              volatility 
                                                                              in light of 
                                                                              international 
                                                                              economic and 
                                                                              political 
                                                                              change. The 
                                                                              Company notes 
                                                                              that a devaluation 
                                                                              of 
                                                                              Sterling against 
                                                                              the relevant 
                                                                              currencies would 
                                                                              typically 
                                                                              have a positive 
                                                                              impact 
                                                                              on the NAV. The 
                                                                              opposite 
                                                                              would be true for 
                                                                              an increase 
                                                                              in the value of 
                                                                              Sterling. 
 ---------------------------  ---------------------------------------------  ------------------- 
        Interest Rates         Changes in market rates of interest can affect 
               8                the Company in a variety of different ways: 
           INCREASE 
                              ------------------------------------------------------------------ 
  The Company is               Valuation discount rate 
  monitoring the                The Company, in valuing                        In determining 
  potential impacts             its investments, uses a                        the discount 
  of the move away              discounted cash flow methodology.              rates used to 
  from London Inter-Bank        Changes in market rates                        value its 
  Offered Rate ('LIBOR').       of interest (particularly                      investments, the 
                                government bond yields)                        Company 
                                may directly impact the                        generally uses 
                                discount rate used to value                    nominal 
                                the Company's future projected                 government bond 
                                cash flows and thus its                        yields 
                                valuation. Higher rates                        to which specific 
                                will have a negative impact                    investment 
                                on valuation while lower                       risk premia are 
                                rates will have a positive                     added 
                                impact.                                        to determine the 
                                                                               overall 
                                                                               discount rates. 
                                                                               The investment 
                                                                               risk premia may 
                                                                               provide 
                                                                               a buffer against 
                                                                               rising 
                                                                               bond yields 
                                                                               assuming market 
                                                                               demand for 
                                                                               investment 
                                                                               is sustained. 
                                                                               Higher interest 
                                                                               rates can often 
                                                                               be precipitated 
                                                                               by higher 
                                                                               inflation 
                                                                               expectations, 
                                                                               and therefore any 
                                                                               inflation-linkage 
                                                                               (discussed above) 
                                                                               may 
                                                                               partly mitigate 
                                                                               the effect 
                                                                               of interest rate 
                                                                               changes. 
                              ---------------------------------------------  ------------------- 
                               Corporate Debt Facility 
                                The Company has a CDF that                    In the event that 
                                may be drawn from time to                     the 
                                time. Interest is charged                     interest rate 
                                on a floating rate basis,                     increases, 
                                so higher than anticipated                    the Company has 
                                interest rates will increase                  the option 
                                the cost of this facility                     of repaying its 
                                adversely impacting on cash                   CDF at 
                                flow and the Company's valuation.             any time with 
                                                                              minimal 
                                                                              notice, providing 
                                                                              sufficient 
                                                                              funds are 
                                                                              available. The 
                                                                              CDF remains 
                                                                              available 
                                                                              to March 2024. The 
                                                                              maximum 
                                                                              facility is GBP400 
                                                                              million 
                                                                              (including the 
                                                                              GBP150 
                                                                              million 
                                                                              'accordion') 
                                                                              compared 
                                                                              to a current 
                                                                              investment 
                                                                              portfolio 
                                                                              valuation of 
                                                                              c.GBP2.6 billion. 
 ---------------------------  ---------------------------------------------  ------------------- 
 
            Underlying portfolio considerations 
             Changes in interest rates                                        As presented in 
             have potential impacts on the                                    the sensitivity 
             portfolio at underlying investee                                 analysis, 
             entity level. Portfolio entities                                 variations in 
             typically choose or can be                                       cash deposit rates 
             required to hold various cash                                    have 
             balances, including contingency                                  little impact on 
             reserves for future costs (such                                  the Company's 
             as major lifecycle maintenance                                   NAV. Due to the 
             or debt service reserves).                                       spread 
             These are generally held on                                      of cash holdings 
             interest-bearing accounts and                                    within 
             under the contractual terms                                      ring-fenced 
             applicable to certain investments                                Special Purpose 
             which in many cases are projected                                Vehicle ('SPV') 
             to be held for the long-term.                                    structures 
             The Company assumes that it                                      and relatively 
             will earn interest on such                                       smaller 
             deposits over the long-term.                                     balances in the 
             Changes in interest rates may                                    SPVs, 
             mean that the actual interest                                    it is not 
             receivable by the Company is                                     economically 
             different to that projected.                                     feasible to hedge 
             If the Company receives less                                     against 
             interest than it projects this                                   adverse deposit 
             will impact cash flows and                                       rate movements. 
             NAV adversely. Certain assets                                    The Company 
             within the portfolio contain                                     monitors the 
             refinancing assumptions. Increases                               effect of 
             in lending rates available                                       historical and 
             to these projects would have                                     projected interest 
             the potential to increase their                                  rates 
             cost of financing and therefore                                  on its portfolio 
             impact the overall returns                                       through 
             from these assets.                                               its biannual 
                                                                              valuation 
                                                                              process and 
                                                                              reports this 
                                                                              to investors. It 
                                                                              also 
                                                                              provides 
                                                                              sensitivities 
                                                                              to investors 
                                                                              indicating 
                                                                              the projected 
                                                                              impact on 
                                                                              the Company's NAV 
                                                                              of a 
                                                                              limited number of 
                                                                              alternative 
                                                                              scenarios, 
                                                                              offering investors 
                                                                              the ability to 
                                                                              anticipate 
                                                                              the likely effects 
                                                                              of 
                                                                              some deposit 
                                                                              interest 
                                                                              rate scenarios on 
                                                                              their 
                                                                              investment. 
                                                                              The risk of 
                                                                              adverse movements 
                                                                              in debt interest 
                                                                              rates 
                                                                              for unhedged debt 
                                                                              within 
                                                                              regulated entities 
                                                                              is 
                                                                              limited through 
                                                                              protections 
                                                                              provided by the 
                                                                              regulatory 
                                                                              regime, however, 
                                                                              the Company 
                                                                              may potentially be 
                                                                              exposed 
                                                                              to interest rate 
                                                                              risk 
                                                                              on debt outside of 
                                                                              the 
                                                                              regulatory 
                                                                              structure. 
           ----------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------- 
 
            The Company is monitoring the                                     The third-party 
             potential impacts of the move                                    loans 
             away from LIBOR. A number of                                     at investee entity 
             the portfolio assets contain                                     level 
             references to LIBOR within                                       are typically 
             the project contracts.                                           fully hedged. 
                                                                              It is expected 
                                                                              that both 
                                                                              the loan and the 
                                                                              swaps 
                                                                              will switch to the 
                                                                              new 
                                                                              risk-free rate at 
                                                                              the 
                                                                              same time and 
                                                                              therefore 
                                                                              the protection 
                                                                              against 
                                                                              fluctuations in 
                                                                              the new 
                                                                              risk-free rate 
                                                                              will be 
                                                                              mitigated as has 
                                                                              been 
                                                                              the case with 
                                                                              LIBOR denominated 
                                                                              loan. To date, the 
                                                                              Company 
                                                                              has made good 
                                                                              progress 
                                                                              in terms of 
                                                                              switching 
                                                                              the loans and the 
                                                                              related 
                                                                              hedging 
                                                                              arrangements to 
                                                                              the SONIA 
                                                                              benchmark as 
                                                                              well as obtaining 
                                                                              local 
                                                                              authority consents 
                                                                              where 
                                                                              necessary. 
                                                                              Synthetic LIBOR 
                                                                              may also 
                                                                              be available as a 
                                                                              fallback 
                                                                              mechanism where 
                                                                              the loan 
                                                                              arrangements do 
                                                                              not convert 
                                                                              to the new 
                                                                              benchmark rate 
                                                                              and LIBOR is no 
                                                                              longer 
                                                                              available. 
           ----------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------- 
 
  REGULATION AND COMPLIANCE 
  Law and Regulation                               Change in law or 
                                                   regulation 
                                                   Changes in law or 
                                                   regulation 
                                                   may increase costs of 
                                                   operating and 
                                                   maintaining 
                                                   facilities or impose 
                                                   other costs or 
                                                   obligations 
                                                   that indirectly 
                                                   adversely 
                                                   affect the Company's 
                                                   cash flow from its 
                                                   investments 
                                                   and/or valuation of 
                                                   them. 
                                                  ------------------------- 
       9 
                                                  ------------------------- 
  INCREASE 
   Climate change 
   and the transition 
   to net zero presents 
   increased potential 
   of associated regulatory 
   changes going forward. 
                                                                              Some investments 
                                                                              maintain 
                                                                              a reserve or 
                                                                              contingency 
                                                                              designed to meet a 
                                                                              change 
                                                                              in law costs 
                                                                              and/or have 
                                                                              a mechanism to 
                                                                              allow some 
                                                                              change in law 
                                                                              costs (typically 
                                                                              building 
                                                                              maintenance 
                                                                              related) 
                                                                              to be passed back 
                                                                              to the 
                                                                              public sector. The 
                                                                              possibility 
                                                                              remains for there 
                                                                              to be 
                                                                              changes in law or 
                                                                              regulation 
                                                                              (including, for 
                                                                              example, 
                                                                              in relation to 
                                                                              climate 
                                                                              change or as a 
                                                                              result of 
                                                                              Brexit) that have 
                                                                              the potential 
                                                                              to impact costs or 
                                                                              obligations 
                                                                              of the Company or 
                                                                              portfolio 
                                                                              projects, which 
                                                                              may not 
                                                                              be fully capable 
                                                                              of mitigation. 
 -----------------------------------------------  -------------------------  ------------------- 
                                                   Transition to net zero     A large portion of 
                                                   In 2019, the UK            the 
                                                   Government                 Company's 
                                                   committed to the net       investments are 
                                                   zero target as             availability type 
                                                   recommended                assets 
                                                   by the Climate Change      where the cash 
                                                   Committee. Reaching net    flows are 
                                                   zero greenhouse gas        based on making 
                                                   ('GHG')                    the asset 
                                                   emissions requires         available in a 
                                                   extensive                  pre-agreed 
                                                   changes across the         manner. The cash 
                                                   economy.                   flows 
                                                   Major infrastructure       from such 
                                                   decisions need to be       investments are 
                                                   made in the near future.   largely insulated 
                                                   These changes are          from 
                                                   unprecedented              changes to the net 
                                                   in their overall scale     zero 
                                                   and therefore may impact   transition. 
                                                   the use case of a          The changes 
                                                   variety                    arising from 
                                                   of infrastructure          a transition to a 
                                                   including                  low-carbon 
                                                   altering the way           economy have the 
                                                   infrastructure             potential 
                                                   is operated and            to be 
                                                   utilised.                  wide-ranging, 
                                                                              including 
                                                                              adapting to 
                                                                              decarbonisation 
                                                                              of heat, increased 
                                                                              electrification 
                                                                              of transportation 
                                                                              and other 
                                                                              systems previously 
                                                                              dependent 
                                                                              on fossil fuels, 
                                                                              and 
                                                                              decarbonisation 
                                                                              of construction. 
                                                                              It is 
                                                                              expected 
                                                                              infrastructure 
                                                                              will continue to 
                                                                              play a 
                                                                              key role in the 
                                                                              transition 
                                                                              to a low-carbon 
                                                                              economy. 
                                                                              The Company 
                                                                              believes the 
                                                                              portfolio to be 
                                                                              well placed 
                                                                              for the transition 
                                                                              to net 
                                                                              zero. 
  Tax and Accounting                               Change in tax rates 
                                                   Rates of tax, both in 
                                                   the UK and overseas 
                                                   jurisdictions 
                                                   in which the Company 
                                                   operates, may increase 
                                                   in the future if 
                                                   government 
                                                   policy were to change. 
                                                  ------------------------- 
       10 
                                                  ------------------------- 
                                                                              The Company 
                                                                              typically 
                                                                              incorporates 
                                                                              changes in 
                                                                              tax rates within 
                                                                              its forecast 
                                                                              cash flows and NAV 
                                                                              once 
                                                                              substantively 
                                                                              enacted, 
                                                                              or where there is 
                                                                              a reasonable 
                                                                              expectation of 
                                                                              substantial 
                                                                              enactment shortly 
                                                                              after 
                                                                              the valuation 
                                                                              date. 
 ---                                              -------------------------  ------------------- 
  DECREASE                                         Change in tax 
   Headline rates                                  legislation                The Company takes 
   of Corporation                                  Changes in tax             a cautious 
   tax increased in                                legislation                approach to tax 
   the UK reducing                                 across the multiple        planning. 
   the likelihood                                  jurisdictions              The Board monitors 
   of another imminent                             in which the Company       changes 
   increase. However                               has investments can        in tax legislation 
   other jurisdictions                             reduce                     and 
   may look to increase                            returns, impacting on      takes advice as 
   rates in a post-Covid                           the Company's future       appropriate 
   environment.                                    cash flow returns and      from external, 
                                                   hence valuation            independent, 
                                                   (calculated                qualified 
                                                   on a discounted cash       advisers. While 
                                                   flow basis).               the Board and the 
                                                   The OECD's Action Plan     Company's 
                                                   on Base Erosion and        Investment Adviser 
                                                   Profit                     seek 
                                                   Shifting ('BEPS'),         to minimise the 
                                                   published                  impact 
                                                   in 2013, seeks to          of adverse changes 
                                                   address                    in tax 
                                                   perceived flaws in         requirements, its 
                                                   international              ability 
                                                   tax rules. It sets out     to do so is 
                                                   15 actions to counter      naturally limited. 
                                                   BEPS in a comprehensive    The Company's 
                                                   and coordinated way.       Investment 
                                                   Countries in which the     Adviser continues 
                                                   Company invests have       to monitor 
                                                   been assessing their       developments 
                                                   compliance or otherwise    relating to 
                                                   with this guidance.        tax reform across 
                                                                              the jurisdictions 
                                                                              in which the 
                                                                              Company has 
                                                                              operations. Future 
                                                                              legislation 
                                                                              in response to the 
                                                                              OECD 
                                                                              proposals, or 
                                                                              changes in 
                                                                              approach to 
                                                                              existing 
                                                                              legislation 
                                                                              as a consequence 
                                                                              of market 
                                                                              practice or 
                                                                              updated guidance, 
                                                                              continue to have 
                                                                              the potential 
                                                                              to negatively 
                                                                              impact the 
                                                                              Company. 
 -----------------------------------------------  -------------------------  ------------------- 
  CENTRAL OPERATIONS 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                   The Company's              The financial 
    Financial Forecasts                            projections                models used 
                                                   depend on the use of       to generate 
    11                                             financial models to        financial 
    NO SIGNIFICANT                                 calculate its future       forecasts 
    CHANGE                                         projected investment       are generally 
                                                   returns. These are         subject to model 
                                                   in turn dependent on       audit by external 
                                                   the outputs from other     professional 
                                                   financial model            service firms, 
                                                   forecasts                  which is a 
                                                   at the underlying          process designed 
                                                   investment                 to identify 
                                                   entity level. There        errors. The 
                                                   may be errors in any       comparison of 
                                                   of these financial         past actual 
                                                   models, including          performance of 
                                                   calculation,               investments 
                                                   input, logic, and output   against past 
                                                   errors. Once corrected,    projected 
                                                   such errors may lead       performance also 
                                                   to a revision in           gives confidence 
                                                   projected                  in financial 
                                                   cash flows and thus        models where 
                                                   impact valuation.          actual performance 
                                                   The financial forecasts    has closely 
                                                   of certain operating       matched projected 
                                                   infrastructure             performance. 
                                                   businesses                 However, there can 
                                                   can have more              be no assurance 
                                                   variability                that forecasts 
                                                   than contracted            will be realised, 
                                                   concessions                particularly in 
                                                   given the wider range      relation to 
                                                   of variables that apply    operational 
                                                   and are therefore          infrastructure 
                                                   inherently                 businesses where 
                                                   more difficult to          more variables 
                                                   forecast                   apply. 
                                                   accurately.                Investments in 
                                                                              regulated 
                                                                              businesses 
                                                                              are considered 
                                                                              very long-term, 
                                                                              beyond the much 
                                                                              shorter regulatory 
                                                                              cycles. Valuations 
                                                                              of such 
                                                                              businesses should 
                                                                              take into 
                                                                              account robustness 
                                                                              of yield 
                                                                              and potential for 
                                                                              increases 
                                                                              in regulated asset 
                                                                              base over 
                                                                              time. 
                                                  -------------------------  ------------------- 
                                                   Sensitivities 
                                                   The Company publishes      Financial models 
                                                   information relating       are managed 
                                                   to its portfolio           by a dedicated 
                                                   including                  team with a 
                                                   projections of how         background in 
                                                   portfolio performance      financial 
                                                   and valuation might        modelling 
                                                   be impacted by changes     and experience of 
                                                   in various factors         managing 
                                                   e.g. interest rates,       models in a manner 
                                                   inflation, deposit         that seeks 
                                                   rates, etc. The            to minimise the 
                                                   sensitivity                risk of error. 
                                                   analysis and projections   Sensitivities are 
                                                   are not forecasts and      produced 
                                                   actual performance         for the 
                                                   is likely to differ        information of 
                                                   (possibly significantly)   relevant 
                                                   from that projection       stakeholders and 
                                                   as in practice the         are accompanied 
                                                   impact of changes to       by disclaimers and 
                                                   such factors will be       guidance 
                                                   unlikely to apply evenly   explaining that 
                                                   across the portfolio       limited reliance 
                                                   or in isolation from       can be placed upon 
                                                   other factors.             them. 
 -----------------------------------------------  -------------------------  ------------------- 
 
 

VIABILITY STATEMENT

In accordance with provision 31 of the 2018 revision of the UK Code of Corporate Governance, we have considered the Company's viability as summarised below. Due to the long-term and/or contractual nature of our investments, we have a significant level of confidence over the endurance and longevity of our business; however, it is difficult to assess the regulatory, tax and political environment on a long-term basis. Whilst we consider the valuation of investment cash flows for the purposes of the NAV over a considerably longer period than five years, we view five years as an appropriate timeframe for assessing the Company's viability given these inherent uncertainties.

The viability assessment process is embedded within the Company's annual risk review cycle and involves the following:

1 An Audit and Risk Committee review and assessment of the risks facing the Company. A summary of the review process is detailed on pages 76 to 77;

2 Identification of those principal risks that are deemed more likely to occur and have a potential impact on the Company's viability over the viability period. This exercise has included consideration of: a persistent low inflation rate environment (noting that a high rate environment would typically be positive for the Company's investment cash flows giving linkage of revenues to inflation across many investments); large currency fluctuations impacting on receipts from overseas investments; and the impact from the loss of income from investments (whether due to key subcontractor default, or other assets underperformance). We note that a number of risks identified during the risk review process in step one above may have implications for the Company's valuation but may be considered insignificant from a five-year viability perspective;

3 Quantification analysis of the potential impact of those principal risks occurring in isolation and under plausible combined sensitivity scenarios over the viability period;

4 Assessment of potential mitigation strategies to mitigate the potential impact of principal risks over the viability period. This exercise has considered the potential to liquidate investments and/or refinance investments if necessary.

The viability assessment is approved by the Board. Following the assessment, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet all of its liabilities as they fall due up to March 2027. This assessment is based on the following assumptions which are not within the Company's control:

- No significant changes to government policy, tax, laws and regulations affecting the Company or its investments other than the impacts already factored into future cash flows as part of the 31 December 2021 NAV valuation; and

- Continued availability of sufficient capital and market liquidity to allow for refinancing/repayment of any short-term recourse debt facility obligations as they become due, including in relation to the Company's debt facility which remains available to March 2024.

By order of the Board

   Mike Gerrard          John Le Poidevin 
   Chair                        Director 
   23 March 2022        23 March 2022 

CORPORATE GOVERANCE

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT POLICY

OVERVIEW

The Company invests in public or social infrastructure assets and related businesses located in the UK, Australia, Europe, North America and other parts of the world where the risk profile meets the Company's risk and return requirements.

The Company has a long-term view and invests in operational and construction phase assets for the life of the asset or concession, or under a licence issued by a regulator unless there is a strategic rationale for earlier realisation. The Company seeks to enhance the capital value and the income derived from its investments to optimise returns for its investors. The Investment Policy is summarised below and available in full at www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com.

INVESTMENT PARAMETERS

Maintaining the performance of the existing portfolio is the Company's key focus. However, it will also seek attractive opportunities to expand its portfolio, including:

   -       Investments with characteristics similar to the existing portfolio; 

- Investments in other assets or concessions or regulated businesses having a public or social infrastructure character with either availability, property rental or user paid payment mechanisms or appropriate regulatory frameworks;

- Investments in infrastructure assets or concessions characterised by high barriers to entry and expected to generate an attractive total rate of return over the life of the investment;

- Divestments where an investment is no longer aligned with the Company's investment objectives or where circumstances offer an opportunity to enhance the value of the portfolio.

PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION

The Company will, over the long-term, maintain a spread of investments both geographically and across industry sectors in order to achieve a broad balance of risk in the Company's portfolio. It does not expect to invest in non-OECD countries, unless it can get comfortable with the risk-return profile.

Asset allocation will depend on the maturity of the local infrastructure investment market, wider market conditions and the judgement of the Investment Adviser and the Board on the suitability of the investment from a risk and return perspective. The Company Overview on pages 2 to 3 has details of the current composition of the investment portfolio.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Company's Investment Policy restricts it from making any investment of more than 20% of the total assets in any one investment in order to limit the risk of any one investment to the overall portfolio.

As a London Stock Exchange listed company, the Company is also subject to certain restrictions pursuant to the UKLA Listing Rules.

MANAGING CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Further investments will continue to be sourced by the Investment Adviser, Amber Fund Management Limited. Some of these investments will have been originated and developed by, and in certain cases may be acquired from, members of the Amber Infrastructure Group.

The Company has established detailed procedures to deal with conflicts of interest that may arise and manage conduct in respect of any such acquisition. The Corporate Governance Report sets out more details on the conflicts management process.

Financial management

The Company may also make prudent use of leverage to enhance returns to investors, to finance the acquisition of investments in the short-term and to satisfy working capital requirements.

Under the Company's Articles, outstanding borrowings at the Company level, including any financial guarantees to support subscription obligations in relation to investments, are limited to 50% of the Gross Asset Value ('GAV') of the Company's investments and cash balances. The Company has the ability to borrow in aggregate up to 66% of such GAV on a short-term basis (i.e. less than 365 days) if considered appropriate. Details of the Company's CDF can be found on page 28.

Changes to investment policy

Material changes to the Investment Policy summarised in this section may only be made by ordinary resolution of the shareholders in accordance with the UK Listing Rules.

CORPORATE GOVERANCE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The table below details all directors of the Company at the date of this report.

 
 Mike             Julia Bond(1)       Stephanie       Sally-Ann          Meriel            John Le           Claire             Giles 
  Gerrard         Chair, Nomination   Coxon(1)        David               Lenfestey         Poidevin(1)      Whittet(1)          Frost 
  Board           and Remuneration    Date            Chair,                                Chair,           Senior 
  Chair,          Committee;          of              Risk                Date of           Audit and        Independent         Date of 
  Chair,          Chair, ESG          Appointment:    Sub-Committee       Appointment:      Risk Committee   Director,           Appointment: 
  Investment      Committee           1 January       (with               10 January                         Chair,              2 August 
  Committee       (with effect        2022            effect              2020              Date of          Management          2006 
                  from 22                             from 23                               Appointment:     Engagement 
  Date of         March 2021);                        March                                 1 January        Committee 
  Appointment:    Chair, Risk                         2021)                                 2016 
  4 September     Sub-Committee                                                                              Date of 
  2018            (until 22                           Date of                                                Appointment: 
                  March 2021)                         Appointment:                                           10 September 
                                                      10 January                                             2012 
                  Date of                             2020 
                  Appointment: 
                  1 September 
                  2017 
---------------  ------------------  --------------  -----------------  ----------------  ----------------  -----------------  --------------- 
 A resident       A resident          Stephanie       A resident         A resident        A resident        A resident         A resident 
 in the            in the UK,         is a            of Guernsey,       of Guernsey,      of Guernsey,      of Guernsey,       in the 
 UK, Mike          Julia has          Fellow          Sally-Ann          Meriel            John has          Claire has         UK, Giles 
 has over          27 years'          of the          has over           has 27            over 30           over 40            is a founder 
 30 years          experience         Institute       35 years           years of          years of          years'             of Amber 
 of financial      of capital         of Chartered    of experience      multi-sector      business          experience         Infrastructure 
 and management    markets            Accountants     in                 business          experience.       in the banking     and has 
 experience        in the financial   in England      infrastructure     experience.       John is           industry           worked 
 in global         sector and         and Wales       projects           With a            a Fellow          with Bank          in the 
 infrastructure    held senior        and is          in the             background        of the            of Scotland,       infrastructure 
 investment.       positions          a               energy             in                Institute         Bank of            investments 
 He has            within Credit      non-executive   sector,            human-centred     of Chartered      Bermuda            sector 
 held a            Suisse,            director        including          design            Accountants       and Rothschild     for over 
 number            including          on several      international      for technology,   in England        and Co Bank        20 years. 
 of senior         Head of            London          offshore           she brings        and Wales         International,     Giles 
 positions,        One Bank           listed          transmission       a strategic       and a former      where she          is Chair 
 including         Delivery           companies.      systems            end-user          partner           was latterly       and a 
 as an             and Global         Prior           and the            focus and         of BDO            managing           director 
 assistant         Head of            to becoming     challenges         a broad           LLP, where        director           of Amber 
 director          Sovereign          a               of the             set of            he held           and co-Head        Infrastructure 
 of Morgan         Wealth funds       non-executive   energy             experiences       a number          until May          Group 
 Grenfell          activity.          director,       transition.        encompassing      of leadership     2016 when          Holdings 
 plc, a                               Stephanie       Having             many sectors      roles,            she became         Limited, 
 director                             led the         held senior        and scales        including         a non-executive    the ultimate 
 of HM                                investment      positions          of organisation   Head of           director.          holding 
 Treasury                             trust           within             ranging           Consumer          She is also        company 
 Taskforce,                           capital         the power          from her          Markets,          a non-executive    of the 
 deputy                               markets         utility            own start-ups     where he          director           Investment 
 CEO and                              team            arena,             through           developed         of a number        Adviser 
 later                                at PwC          Sally-Ann          global            an extensive      of listed          to the 
 CEO of                               for the         is currently       corporations      breadth           and private        Company 
 Partnerships                         UK and          the Chief          and               of experience     equity             and various 
 UK plc                               Channel         Operating          governmental      and knowledge     investment         of its 
 and, later,                          Islands.        Officer            programmes.       across            companies,         subsidiaries. 
 a managing                           During          of Guernsey                          the real          none of 
 director                             her time        Electricity                          estate,           which is 
 of Thames                            at PwC,         Ltd. She                             leisure           a trading 
 Water                                Stephanie       is a Chartered                       and retail        company. 
 Utilities                            specialised     Engineer                             sectors           Claire is 
 Limited.                             in advising     and Chartered                        in the            a member 
 Mike has                             FTSE            Director.                            UK and            of the Chartered 
 a breadth                            250 and                                              overseas.         Institute 
 of experience                        premium                                              John is           of Bankers 
 across                               London                                               a non-executive   in Scotland, 
 a range                              listed                                               director          the Chartered 
 of economic                          companies                                            on several        Insurance 
 and social                           on                                                   plc boards        Institute 
 infrastructure                       accounting,                                          and chairs        and the 
 sectors                              corporate                                            a number          Institute 
 and has                              governance,                                          of audit          of Directors 
 been involved                        risk                                                 committees.       and is a 
 in some                              management                                                             Chartered 
 of the                               and strategic                                                          Banker and 
 largest                              matters.                                                               holds the 
 infrastructure                                                                                              Institute 
 projects                                                                                                    of Directors 
 in the                                                                                                      Diploma 
 UK. He                                                                                                      in Company 
 is a Fellow                                                                                                 Direction. 
 of the 
 Institution 
 of Civil 
 Engineers. 
---------------  ------------------  --------------  -----------------  ----------------  ----------------  -----------------  --------------- 
                                                 LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 Mike Gerrard       Julia Bond(1)   Stephanie           Sally-Ann          Meriel            John Le           Claire           Giles Frost 
                                     Coxon(1)            David (1)          Lenfestey         Poidevin(1)       Whittet(1) 
-----------------  --------------  ------------------  -----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------- 
 Mike holds         European        PPHE Hotel          Guernsey           Bluefield         BH Macro          BH Macro         Giles is 
 no other           Assets          Group Limited       Electricity         Solar Income      Limited           Ltd              also a 
 listed             Trust ('EAT')   JLEN                Ltd                 Fund Limited      TwentyFour        Eurocastle       director 
 company            NED of          Environmental       Channel             Meriel            Income            Investment       of a number 
 positions          Foreign,        Assets              Islands             sits on           Fund Limited      Ltd              of the 
 but holds          Commonwealth    Group Limited       Electricity         a number          Super Group       Riverstone       Company's 
 several            & Development   Apax Global         Grid                of other          (SGHC)            Energy           subsidiary 
 non-executive      Office          Alpha Limited       Sally-Ann           commercial        Limited           Ltd              and investment 
 positions          and Strategic                       is also             boards                              TwentyFour       holding 
 within             Command                             a director          including                           Select           entities 
 boards                                                 of a                Gemserv,                            Monthly          and of 
 and committees                                         health-related      Jersey                              Income           other entities 
 that oversee                                           charity.            Telecom                             Fund Ltd         in which 
 the development                                                            and Aurigny                         Third Point      the Company 
 and delivery                                                               Air Services                        Offshore         has an 
 of                                                                         and is                              Investors        investment. 
 infrastructure                                                             a committee                         Ltd              He does 
 investments                                                                member                                               not receive 
 in the                                                                     for the                                              directors' 
 UK and                                                                     Guernsey                                             fees from 
 Europe.                                                                    Institute                                            these roles. 
                                                                            of Directors. 
-----------------  --------------  ------------------  -----------------  ----------------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------- 
 
 

1 All of the independent directors are members of all Committees with the exception of Mr Gerrard, who is not a member of the Audit and Risk Committee. Mr Frost is a non-independent director.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Introduction

The Board of Directors are committed to high standards of corporate governance and has put in place a framework for corporate governance which it believes is appropriate for an investment company that is a constituent of the FTSE 250 All-Share Index.

The Board is responsible to shareholders for the overall direction and oversight of the Company, for agreeing its strategy, monitoring its financial performance, and setting and monitoring its risk appetite.

This section describes how the Company is governed. It explains how the Board is organised and operates, including the roles and composition of each of its Committees, and provides details on its Board members and how they are remunerated. As an investment company, the Company has no employees and relies on the advice and expertise of its key suppliers, notably its Investment Adviser, Amber Fund Management Limited ('Amber'). This section therefore also explains the nature of the Company's relationship with the Investment Adviser , and how this is managed, including the remuneration of the Investment Adviser.

Compliance with Corporate Governance Codes and regulations

The Company has a Premium Listing on the London Stock Exchange and, in common with other companies listed on the Exchange, is required to confirm its compliance with (or explain departures from) the UK Corporate Governance Code (the 'UK Code'). This requirement applies regardless of where a company is incorporated. A revised UK Code was issued in July 2018, which applies to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 and therefore applies to the Company for the financial year ended 31 December 2021.

The Company is a member of the Association of Investment Companies (the 'AIC'). The Financial Reporting Council (the 'FRC') acknowledges that the AIC Corporate Governance Code issued in February 2019 (the 'AIC Code') can assist externally managed companies in meeting their obligations under the UK Code in areas that are of specific relevance to investment companies. This also applied to accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019.

The Guernsey Financial Services Commission (the 'GFSC') has also confirmed that companies that report against the UK Code or AIC Code are deemed to meet the Guernsey Code of Corporate Governance.

The AIC Code is available from the AIC website (www.theaic.co.uk). The UK Code is available from the FRC website (www.frc.co.uk).

The Company has complied throughout the year with all the provisions of the AIC Code and as such also meets the requirements of the UK Code. However, as an investment company, most of the Company's day-to-day responsibilities are delegated to third parties. The Company does not have any executive directors. The UK Code's two separate principles of setting out the responsibilities of the chief executive and disclosing the remuneration of executive directors (Principles G and Q of the UK Code) are therefore not applicable.

Although the Company is registered in Guernsey, in accordance with the guidance set out in the AIC code, this Annual Report contains a description of how the Directors have considered matters set out in Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006 in relation to stakeholder engagement and the success of the Company. See page 48 for more information.

During the year, the Company was subject to EU Regulation (2017/653) ('the Regulation') which deemed it to be a packaged retail and insurance-based investment product ('PRIIPs'). In accordance with the requirements of the Regulation, the Company published and updated its three-page Key Information Document ('KID') on 9 September 2021. The KID is available on the Company's website, www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/investors, and will continue to be updated at least every 12 months in accordance with the relevant UK PRIIPs regulations in force at the time.

Board and Committees

The Board sets the strategy for the Company and makes decisions on changes to the portfolio (including approval of acquisitions, disposals and valuations). Through Committees, and the use of external independent advisers, it manages risk and governance of the Company. The Board has a majority of independent directors - currently seven of the eight directors are independent.

Board of Directors

The Board of Directors currently consists of eight non-executive directors, whose biographies, on pages 64 to 65, demonstrate a breadth of investment and business experience.

The Board consists solely of non-executive directors and, for the period of this report, was chaired by Mr Gerrard, who was responsible for leadership of the Board and ensuring its effectiveness in all aspects of its role. The Board considered that Mr Gerrard was independent upon appointment and remained independent throughout his term of service for the purposes of the AIC Code.

For the purposes of the AIC Code, Mr Frost is not treated as being an independent director, due to his relationship with the Company's Investment Adviser. In accordance with the AIC Code, all other non-executive directors were independent of the Company's Investment Adviser on appointment to the Board and continue to remain so.

Board Tenure and Re-election

Directors do not have service contracts. Directors are appointed under letters of appointment, copies of which are available at the registered office of the Company. All directors offer themselves for re-election on an annual basis. The Board considers its composition and succession planning on an ongoing basis.

In accordance with the AIC Code, when and if any director has been in office (or on re-election would at the end of that term of office have been in office) for more than nine years, the Company will consider further whether there is a risk that such a director might reasonably be deemed to have lost independence through such long service. Ms Whittet joined the Board on 10 September 2012 and will not be standing for re-election at the forthcoming AGM when she will retire. The Board will then revert to seven Directors.

On 1 January 2022, the Board appointed Ms Coxon as part of its ongoing succession planning. An independent external search agency, OSA, was used for the appointment of Ms Coxon, and the Board can confirm there is no connection with the Company or the Investment Adviser. In addition, the Company can confirm Ms Coxon ceased employment with PwC prior to the audit tender process in 2021 and subsequent appointment of PwC as external auditor of the Company.

Directors' Duties and Responsibilities

The Directors have adopted a set of Reserved Powers, which establish the key purpose of the Board and detail its major duties.

These duties cover the following areas of responsibility:

   -       Statutory obligations and public disclosure; 
   -       Approval of the Company's mandate, objectives and strategy; 
   -       Strategic matters and financial reporting; 
   -       Board composition and accountability to shareholders; 

- Overall risk assessment and management, including reporting, compliance, monitoring, governance and control;

   -       Other matters having material effects on the Company. 

These reserved powers of the Board have been adopted by the Directors to demonstrate clearly the importance with which the Board takes its fiduciary responsibilities and as an ongoing means of measuring and monitoring the effectiveness of its actions.

The Board monitors the Company's share price and NAV and regularly considers ways in which shareholder value may be enhanced. These may include implementing marketing and investor relations activities, appropriate management of share price premium/discount and the relative positioning and performance of the Company to its competitors. The Board is also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Individual directors may, at the expense of the Company, seek independent professional advice on any matter that concerns them in the furtherance of their duties. The Company maintains appropriate Directors' and Officers' liability insurance in respect of legal action against its directors on an ongoing basis and the Company has maintained appropriate cover throughout the period.

All new directors receive introductory support and education about the infrastructure sector, and the Company, from the Investment Adviser upon joining the Board and, in consultation with the Board Chair, all directors are entitled to receive other relevant ongoing training as necessary.

Board Diversity

The Board is committed to maintaining the appropriate balance of skills, gender, knowledge and experience among its members to ensure strong leadership of the Company. When appointing Board members, its priority will always be based on merit, but will be influenced by the strong desire to maintain Board diversity. The Board currently has five female directors making the gender balance 63% female and 37% male. Following the forthcoming AGM and Ms Whittet's retirement, the gender balance will be 57% female and 43% male. In addition, post-year end, the Company was listed as one of the FTSE 250's 'Top 10 Best Performers' for gender diversity in the FTSE Women Leaders review 2021.

Board Remuneration

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee considers matters relating to the Directors' remuneration, taking into account benchmark information (including fees paid to directors of comparable companies). All fees payable to the Directors should also reflect the time spent by the Directors on the Company's affairs and the responsibilities borne by the Directors and be sufficient to attract, retain and motivate Directors of a quality required to run the Company successfully.

During the latter half of 2021, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee recommended, having considered the Investment Company Non-Executive Directors' Fees Review 2020 report published by Trust Associates, and in line with the recommendations made by Trust Associates in their evaluation of the Company's Board remuneration undertaken in 2018, that Board remuneration be increased annually in line with inflation. In line with the Nomination and Remuneration Committee's desire to conduct an external market review of Director fees every three years, the Board appointed Condign Board Consulting Ltd in early 2022 to conduct this work and their recommendations were subsequently adopted by the Board.

As a result, the Board resolved to increase Board remuneration with effect from 1 January 2022 as outlined in the table below.

 
                                             2022 FEE P.A.  2021 FEE P.A. 
POSITION                                               GBP            GBP 
Board Chair                                         96,600         87,600 
Audit and Risk Committee Chair                      69,500         59,800 
Director (Independent and Non-Independent)          53,500         46,400 
Senior Independent Director(1)                       3,600          2,000 
Risk Sub-Committee Chair(1)                          3,100          2,000 
Management Engagement Committee 
 Chair(1)                                            3,100          2,000 
Nomination and Remuneration 
 Committee Chair(1)                                  3,100          2,000 
ESG Committee Chair(1,2)                             5,100          2,000 
-------------------------------------------  -------------  ------------- 
 
   1          These are additional fees payable to directors chairing a committee. 
   2          The ESG Committee was formed on 22 March 2021. 

The Chair of the Board is paid a higher fee in recognition of additional responsibilities, as are the Chairs of all the Committees of the Board and the Senior Independent Director.

There are no long-term incentive schemes provided by the Company and no performance fees, or bonuses paid to directors. Any changes to directors' aggregate remuneration are considered at the AGM of the Company.

 
                     2021 FEES  2020 FEES 
DIRECTOR                   GBP        GBP 
-------------------  ---------  --------- 
Mike Gerrard            87,600     86,800 
Julia Bond              50,400     49,900 
Stephanie Coxon(1)         nil        nil 
Sally-Ann David         48,400     44,765 
Meriel Lenfestey        46,400     44,765 
John Le Poidevin        59,800     59,200 
Claire Whittet          50,400     49,080 
Giles Frost(2)          46,400     45,900 
-------------------  ---------  --------- 
 
   1        Ms Coxon was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2022. 

2 The emoluments for Mr Frost are paid to his employer Amber Infrastructure Limited, a related company of the Company's Investment Adviser.

Mr Frost is also a director of a number of other companies in which the Company directly or indirectly has an investment, although he does not control or receive remuneration in relation to these entities.

In addition to the director fees above, Mr Le Poidevin served as a director to four Luxembourg subsidiary entities of International Public Partnerships and was entitled to fees of GBP3,000 per entity for the year ended 2021.

Directors' Interests

Directors, who held office at 31 December 2021, had the following interests in the shares of the Company:

 
                                  31 DECEMBER 2021               31 DECEMBER 2020 
DIRECTOR              NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES(1)   NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES(1) 
-------------------  -----------------------------  ----------------------------- 
Mike Gerrard                               159,181                        159,181 
Julia Bond                                  72,444                         48,372 
Stephanie Coxon(2)                             nil                            nil 
Sally-Ann David                             30,303                            nil 
Meriel Lenfestey                             9,979                          9,979 
John Le Poidevin                           160,653                        130,350 
Claire Whittet(3)                           76,248                         74,594 
Giles Frost(4)                             971,676                        944,109 
-------------------  -----------------------------  ----------------------------- 
 
   1        All shares are beneficially held. 
   2        Ms Coxon was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2022. 
   3        Holds shares through a Retirement Annuity Trust Scheme jointly with Ms Whittet's spouse. 
   4        Holds some shares through a personal investment company. 

There have been no changes to the holdings of existing directors between 31 December 2021 and the date of this report.

Committees of the Board

[Diagram can be found in PDF version of this document on the Company's website].

The Board has established five Committees consisting of the independent non-executive directors. The responsibilities of these Committees are described below. Terms of reference for each committee have been approved by the Board and are available on the Company's website (www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com). In addition to the Chair of the Board, a Senior Independent Director is appointed as an alternative point of contact for shareholders and leads on matters where it is not appropriate for the Chair to do so.

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE

The Audit and Risk Committee is comprised of the full Board, with the exception of Mr Gerrard as Board Chair and Mr Frost as the Non-Independent Director. However, Mr Gerrard and Mr Frost routinely attend meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee as observers.

Mr Le Poidevin is the current Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee and Ms David is the current Chair of the Risk Sub-Committee. Ms David was appointed Chair of the Risk Sub-Committee in March 2021, taking over from Ms Bond, who was appointed Chair of the ESG Committee in March 2021.

The duties of the Audit and Risk Committee in discharging its responsibilities are outlined in the Audit and Risk Committee Report.

In respect of its risk management function, the Audit and Risk Committee, through the separately convened Risk Sub-Committee, is also responsible for reviewing the Company's risk management function and framework, in relation to the Investment Policy of the Company including the acquisition and disposal of assets, the valuation of assets and ensuring that the risk management function of the Investment Adviser, Administrator and other third-party service providers are adequate and to seek assurance of the same.

The Audit and Risk Committee formally reviews the Company's overall approach to risk management on an annual basis and its risk register on at least a quarterly basis. Topics considered during the year can be found in the Audit and Risk Committee Report on pages75 to 78. The Committee is satisfied that the key risks that could impact the Company and its investments were effectively mitigated and reported upon and were broadly in line with those of the Company's relevant industry peers.

INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

The Investment Committee is comprised of the full Board, with the exception of Mr Frost as the Non-Independent Director, and is chaired by Mr Gerrard, as Chair of the Company.

The Committee considers proposals relating to the acquisition and disposal of investments and, if thought fit, approves those proposals. Details of the transactions completed during the period are outlined on pages 13 to 17 of this Annual Report.

MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT COMMITTEE

The Management Engagement Committee is comprised of the full Board, with the exception of Mr Frost as the Non-Independent Director; it is chaired by Ms Whittet. The duties of the Management Engagement Committee in discharging its responsibilities are outlined in the diagram on page 70.

The Management Engagement Committee carries out its review of the Company's advisers through consideration of objective and subjective criteria and through a review of the terms and conditions of the advisers' appointments; with the aim of evaluating performance, identifying any weaknesses and ensuring value for money for the Company's shareholders.

During the year, the Management Engagement Committee formally reviewed the performance of the Investment Adviser and other key service providers to the Company and no material weaknesses were identified. Overall, the Committee confirmed its satisfaction with the services and advice received.

NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee is comprised of the full Board, with the exception of Mr Frost as the Non-Independent Director; it is chaired by Ms Bond.

The Committee is formally charged by the Board to consider the structure, size, remuneration, skills and composition of the Board. This includes its diversity and inclusion development in line with the Company's responsible investment objective and management of material ESG factors, ensuring diversity is strongly reflected at Board level as outlined on page 68. It also oversees the appointment and reappointment of directors, taking into account the expertise and diversity of the candidates and their independence (see pages 66 to 67 for more detail on the Committee).

In accordance with the Corporate Governance Code required for listed companies of the premium segment of the London Stock Exchange, the Company undertakes an externally facilitated evaluation every three years. The last review was undertaken in the later part of 2020 and its recommendations implemented during 2021. In 2021, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee undertook an internal evaluation of the performance of the Board and Chair. Each Director was asked to provide written feedback regarding the performance of the Board as a whole and the Chair set against a range of best practice corporate governance criteria. A report of this feedback was considered by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee. No material issues were identified by the Directors regarding the performance of the Board and Chair. An external review of the performance of the Board and its Committees is planned to take place again during 2023.

ESG Committee

The ESG Committee was formed on 22 March 2021. It is comprised of the full Board and is chaired by Ms Bond.

The ESG Committee meets at least twice a year and supports the Board in managing the Company's ESG performance and provides a forum for mutual discussion and challenge on ESG policies with respect to investments and divestments.

Board and Committee Meeting Attendance

The full Board meets at least four times per year and in addition there is regular additional contact between the Board, the Investment Adviser, the Administrator and the Company Secretary. The agenda and supporting papers are distributed in advance of quarterly Board and Committee meetings to allow time for appropriate review and to facilitate full discussion at the meetings.

The table below lists Directors' attendance at Board and Committee meetings during the year(1) . In addition, during the year, six ad hoc Board meetings and two Board Committee meetings(2) took place to finalise matters that had been approved in principle at full meetings of the Board.

 
                                                                                   MANAGEMENT          NOMINATION 
                     QUARTERLY         AUDIT AND                     INVESTMENT    ENGAGEMENT    AND REMUNERATION 
 DIRECTORS               BOARD    RISK COMMITTEE     ESG COMMITTEE    COMMITTEE     COMMITTEE           COMMITTEE 
------------------  ----------  ----------------  ----------------  -----------  ------------  ------------------ 
 Maximum number              4                 5                 4            2             1                   2 
------------------  ----------  ----------------  ----------------  -----------  ------------  ------------------ 
 Mike Gerrard                4                 5                 4            2             1                   2 
 Julia Bond                  4                 5                 4            2             1                   2 
 Sally-Ann David             4                 5                 4            2             1                   1 
 Meriel Lenfestey            4                 5                 4            2             1                   2 
 John Le Poidevin            4                 5                 4            2             1                   2 
 Claire Whittet              4                 5                 4            2             1                   2 
 Giles Frost(3)              4               n/a                 4          n/a           n/a                 n/a 
------------------  ----------  ----------------  ----------------  -----------  ------------  ------------------ 
 

1. Ms Coxon was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2022 and therefore did not attend any Board or Committee meetings over the course of 2021.

2. Board Committee meetings are formed of any two or more members of the Board and do not require full attendance. All members of the Board are appraised of the matters to be discussed at the Committee meeting and have the opportunity to raise questions to the Board Chair, Investment Adviser or other advisers, as required.

3. Mr Frost is not a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, Management Engagement Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee or the Investment Committee. While Mr Frost attended the majority of ad hoc Board and Committee meetings, as these meetings considered recommendations from the Investment Adviser, his presence does not count towards the quorum so has been excluded from this tally.

The Board has reviewed the composition, structure and diversity of the Board, succession planning, the independence of the Directors and whether each of the Directors has sufficient time available to discharge their duties effectively. The Board confirms that it believes it has an appropriate mix of skills and backgrounds, that a majority of directors should be considered as independent in accordance with the provisions of the AIC Code and that all Directors have the time available to discharge their duties effectively.

Notwithstanding that a number of the independent directors sit on the boards of other listed companies, the Board noted that these individuals are exclusively non-executive directors and that listed investment companies generally require less day-to-day responsibility and time commitment than trading companies. Furthermore, the Board noted that attendance of all Board and Committee meetings during the year is high by all Directors and that each Director has always shown the time commitment necessary to fully and effectively discharge their duties as a director.

Accordingly, the Board recommends that shareholders vote in favour of the re-election of all Directors at the forthcoming AGM. As Ms Whittet will be retiring from the Board, she will not be recommended in favour of re-election at the 2022 AGM. Please refer to pages 67 to 68 outlining the Board's approach to diversity and re-election.

Relationship with Administrator and Company Secretary

Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited ('Ocorian') acts as Administrator and Company Secretary and is responsible to the Board under the terms of the Administration Agreement. Noting that final responsibility lies with the Board, the Administrator ensures compliance with Guernsey Company Law, London Stock Exchange listing requirements, the regulatory requirements of the Guernsey Financial Services Commission, anti-money laundering regulations, corporate governance best practice and observation of the Reserved Powers of the Board and in this respect the Board receives detailed quarterly reports. The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are followed and that it adheres to applicable legislation, rules and regulations as referred to above.

Relationship with the Investment Adviser

The Directors are responsible for the overall management and direction of the affairs of the Company. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement ('IAA'), Amber Fund Management Limited (a member of the Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited group of companies) acts as Investment Adviser to the Company to review and monitor current investments and to advise the Company in relation to strategic management of the investment portfolio.

Contractual arrangements and fees

The IAA allows for the provision of investment advisory and certain other financial services to the Board. In return, the Investment Adviser receives fees based on the GAV and composition of the investment portfolio as well as a contribution to expenses. The annual base fees are detailed in note 17 to the financial statements and calculated at the following rates:

- 1.2% for that part of the portfolio that bears construction risk (i.e. the asset has not fully completed all construction stages including any relevant defects period and achieved certification by the relevant counterparty and senior lender);

   -       For fully operational assets: 

o 1.2% for the first GBP750 million of the GAV of the portfolio;

o 1.0% for that part of the portfolio that exceeds GBP750 million in GAV but is less than GBP1.5 billion;

o 0.9% for that part of the portfolio that exceeds GBP1.5 billion in GAV but is less than GBP2.75 billion;

o 0.8% per annum where GAV value exceeds GBP2.75 billion.

In addition, the GAV excludes uncommitted cash from capital raisings.

The Company has a long-standing relationship with the Investment Adviser and the Board believes that the continuation of this relationship, on a long-term basis, is in the Company's best interest. The current IAA was renegotiated in 2013 and has a 10-year fixed term with a five-year notice period. The Board considers that, given the long-term nature of the Company's investments, its responsibility for the detailed day-to-day delivery of management services and relationships with public sector clients, it is important that it benefits from the continuity of service provided by a long-term advisory partner. To ensure that shareholder interests are protected, termination provisions have been put in place to ensure that, in the event of poor investment performance, the Company has the flexibility to remove the Investment Adviser.

The Investment Adviser is also entitled to receive an asset origination fee of 1.5% of the value of new investments acquired by the Company. It should be noted that, generally, the Investment Adviser bears the risk of abortive transaction origination costs and that this fee has been waived or reduced by agreement in the past where it has been deemed appropriate to do so for the transaction in question.

Cash receipts from capital raisings and tap issuances are not included in the GAV for the purposes of the calculation of base fees until such receipts are invested for the first time.

Investment APPROVAL PROCESS

As outlined above, the Investment Committee, comprised of independent directors of the Company, make decisions with respect to new investments or divestments after reviewing recommendations made by the Company's Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser has a detailed set of procedures and approval processes in relation to the recommendation it makes to the Board.

It is expected that further investments will be sourced by the Investment Adviser. It is likely that some of these investments will have been originated and developed by, and in certain cases may be acquired from, other members of the Investment Adviser's group. Where that is the case, the conflicts management process summarised overleaf is followed.

Managing Conflicts of Interest

The Company has established detailed procedures to deal with conflicts of interest that may arise on investments acquired from the Investment Adviser's group and manage conduct in respect of any such acquisitions. The Company's Board has a majority of independent members and a Chair who is independent of the Investment Adviser. Each Director is required to inform the Board of any potential or actual conflicts of interest prior to Board discussions.

The potential conflicts of interest that may arise include when an Amber entity is an existing investor in the target entity while an associated company, AFML, acts on the 'buyside' as Investment Adviser to the Company. The Investment Advisory Agreement contains procedures with the intention of ensuring that the terms on which the vendors of such assets dispose of their assets are fair and reasonable to the vendors; and on the 'buyside' the Company as Investment Adviser must be satisfied as to the appropriateness of the terms for and the price of the acquisition. For more detail on the features of this procedure please refer to the Company's latest prospectus available on the website: www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com.

The acquisition of all assets, including those from any associate of the Investment Adviser is considered and approved in advance by the Investment Committee. In considering any such acquisition, the Investment Committee will, as it deems necessary, review and ask questions of the Buyside Committee of the Investment Adviser and the Group's other advisers and the acquisition will be approved by the Committee on the basis of this advice. The purpose of these procedures is to ensure that the terms upon which any investment is acquired from a member of the Amber group is on an arm's length basis.

Risk Management and Internal Controls

The Board is responsible for overall risk management with delegation provided to the Audit and Risk Committee. The system of risk management and internal control has been designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to meet the business objectives. Regard is given to the materiality of relevant risks and therefore the system of internal control cannot provide absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

This process, which covers the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and therefore the consolidated group taken as a whole, is outlined in further detail in the Risk Report found on pages 49 to 62.

Relations with Shareholders

The Board places great importance on communication with shareholders and encourages shareholders to share their views. It has responsibility for communication with the investor base and is directly involved in major communications and announcements.

The Board receives regular reports on the views of shareholders and the Board Chair and other Directors, including the Senior Independent Director, are happy to make themselves available to meet shareholders as required.

Despite the challenges presented by Covid-19, the Investment Adviser, on behalf of the Company, has maintained an active investor engagement programme. During the year, the Company's Results Presentations and day-to-day investor relations activities moved online with limited impact on the overall programme. During 2021, the Investment Adviser and members of the Board held formal meetings with over 185 shareholders in addition to more informal interaction, including other forms of correspondence. The Company also maintained an active programme of sell-side engagement and the Board is also informed on a regular basis of all relevant market commentary on the Company by the Investment Adviser, Administrator and the Company's Broker.

The AGM of the Company usually provides a forum for shareholders to meet and discuss issues with the Directors and with the Investment Adviser of the Company. As a result of Covid-19, the Company encouraged shareholders to submit proxy forms in respect of the AGM and to appoint the chair of the meeting as their proxy and vote on the shareholders' behalf as they would not be permitted to attend in person due to Covid-19 restrictions. It is the Board's policy to publish the results of the voting at the AGM via the Regulatory News Service ('RNS') at the completion of the meeting.

To promote a clear understanding of the Company, its objectives and financial results, the Board aims to ensure that information relating to the Company is disclosed in a timely manner. The Company's website (www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com) enables investors to easily find publicly disclosed documents including Annual Reports and RNS announcements, together with additional background information on its assets and corporate practice. Investors can register to receive notifications (via email) of RNS announcements that the Company issues. The Board encourages investors to utilise this useful online resource.

Any shareholder issues of concern, including on corporate governance or strategy, can be addressed in writing to the Company at its registered office address (see Key Contacts).

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT

The Audit and Risk Committee (the 'Committee' for the purposes of this Annual Report) is an essential part of the Company's governance framework. The Board has delegated oversight of the Company's financial reporting, internal controls, compliance and external audit to the Committee. The terms of reference for the Committee, together with details of the standard business considered by the Committee, have been approved by the Board and are available on the Company's website (www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com).

The Committee is chaired by Mr Le Poidevin. Ms Bond led responsibility for risk within the Risk Sub-Committee until March 2021, whereupon Ms David was appointed Chair of the Risk Sub-Committee. An overview of the Committee's work during the year and details of how the Committee has discharged its duties are set out below.

Committee Meetings

The Committee meetings during the year were attended by the Investment Adviser and Administrator by invitation. A representative of the Company's external auditor also attended those meetings where the annual audit cycle, the Annual Report and financial statements and the half-yearly financial report were considered.

All Committee members are considered to be appropriately experienced to fulfil their role, having significant, recent and relevant financial experience in line with the Corporate Governance Code. Biographies of the Committee members can be found on pages 64 to 65.

Committee Agenda

The Committee's agenda during the year included:

- Review of the Company's risk profile, specific risks and mitigation practices, with a special focus on emerging risks including climate change;

   -       Review of the effectiveness of the Company's systems of internal control; 
   -       Review of the regulatory environment within which the Company operates; 

- Review of the Annual Report and financial statements and half-yearly financial report and matters raised by management and the external auditors (including significant financial reporting judgements and estimates therein);

   -       Review of the appropriateness of the Company's accounting policies; 

- Consideration and challenging of the draft valuation of the Company's investments prepared by the Investment Adviser and recommendations made to the Board on the appropriateness of the portfolio valuation;

- Review of the effectiveness, objectivity and independence of the external auditors, and the terms of engagement, cost effectiveness and the scope of the audit;

   -       Overseeing transition of the Company's auditor; 
   -       Approving the external auditor's plan for the current year end; and 
   -       Review of the policy on the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor. 

Key activities considered during the year

The Committee undertook the following activities in discharging its responsibilities during the year:

FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Committee reviewed the Company's Annual Report and financial statements, the half-yearly financial report and interim quarterly updates prior to approval by the Board and advised the Board with respect to meeting the Company's financial reporting obligations. The Committee reviewed the Company's accounting policies and practices, including approval of critical accounting policies; consideration of the appropriateness of significant judgements and estimates; and advising the Board as to its views on whether the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, was fair, balanced and understandable.

The Committee considered the most significant accounting judgement exercised in preparing the consolidated financial statements to be the basis for determining the fair value of the Company's investments, as detailed overleaf.

Fair Value of Investments

The Company's investments are typically in unlisted securities, including shares and debt, hence market prices for such investments are not typically readily available. Instead, the Company uses a discounted cash flow methodology and benchmarks to market comparables to derive the Directors' valuation of investments.

Valuations are prepared by the Investment Adviser and the methodology requires a series of judgements to be made, as explained in note 11 to the financial statements. The valuation process and methodology were discussed with the Investment Adviser regularly during the year. Key areas of focus subject to challenge were also discussed with the auditor as part of the year end audit planning and interim review processes. The Committee challenged the Investment Adviser on the year end Fair Value of Investments as part of its consideration of the audited statements.

During the year, the Committee reviewed the Investment Adviser's quarterly valuation reports, reports on the performance of the underlying assets and the Investment Adviser's assessment of macroeconomic assumptions. Minor changes were made in the year to the approach taken in applying foreign exchange rates when converting non-GBP cash flows as part of the valuation process, with immaterial overall impact. The Investment Adviser confirmed that, other than these changes, the valuation methodology has been applied consistently with prior years. The Committee also reviewed and challenged the valuation assumptions (reasonableness of underlying cash flows, discount rates, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, inflation rates and tax rates).

The Committee scrutinised the quality and findings of the external auditor in relation to their audit of the valuations, including its assessment of management's underlying cash flow projections and assumptions; macroeconomic assumptions; and discount rate methodology and output. The auditor confirmed no material adjustments were proposed.

The Committee concluded that a consistent valuation methodology has been applied throughout the year and any forecast assumptions applied were appropriate.

Revenue recognition

The Committee has considered the risk of inappropriate accounting recognition of revenue to be a relatively low risk given the nature of the Company's activities.

Internal controls over financial reporting

The Committee satisfied itself that the system of internal control and compliance over financial reporting was effective, through consideration of regular reports from the Investment Adviser, the Administrator and external third-party advisers.

The Committee also considered the adequacy of resources, qualifications and experience of staff in the finance function and had direct access to and independent discussions with the external auditor throughout the year.

Fair, balanced and understandable

The Committee seeks to establish arrangements to ensure fair, balanced and understandable reporting. The Committee engaged in extensive dialogue with management throughout the year and considered the interim and annual financial statements as well as quarterly updates and reports prepared by management of the Investment Adviser. Following review of the Company's 2021 Annual Report and financial statements, the Committee advised the Board that, in its opinion, the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary to assess the Company's performance, operating model and strategy.

EXTERNAL AUDITOR

The Committee recommended to the Board the scope and terms of engagement of the external auditor. The Committee considered auditor objectivity and independence, audit tenure, audit tendering and auditor effectiveness, as detailed below.

Objectivity and independence

In assessing the objectivity of the auditor, the Committee considered the terms under which the external auditor may be appointed to perform non-audit services, mindful of the ethical standards for auditors and auditor independence.

Under the Company's policy for non-audit services, there is a list of permitted services for which the external auditor may be engaged, where the Committee considers that the provision of such services would not necessarily impact its independence. Potential services to be provided by the external auditor with an expected value of up to GBP50,000, and which are permitted by the policy, must be pre-approved by the Chair of the Committee; any services above this value require pre-approval by the full Audit and Risk Committee. Non-audit fees represented 13% of total audit fees during the period under review, relating only to the half-yearly review. PwC undertook its standard independence and objectivity procedures in relation to non-audit engagements and confirmed compliance with these to the Committee. Further details on the amounts of non-audit fees paid to the auditor are set out in note 7 to the financial statements. These were reported to us and were not considered to be a significant risk impacting the objectivity and independence of PwC as external auditor.

Review of auditor effectiveness

The Committee performs an annual review of the objectivity, quality and effectiveness of the audit, with consideration where appropriate given to FRC Audit Quality Inspection Reports and FRC Practice Aid guidance. The Committee conducted an in-depth review in 2021 of the auditor's performance and the Committee was satisfied in this regard. This was facilitated through the completion of a questionnaire by relevant stakeholders (including members of the Committee and senior members of the Investment Adviser's finance team), review and challenge of the audit plan for consistency with the Company's financial statement risks, and review of the audit findings report. In accordance with the relevant Corporate Governance Code principles, the Committee will continue to review the effectiveness of the external auditor in line with best practice.

Review of auditor's remuneration

The Committee carried out a benchmarking exercise of the proposed audit fees for 2021, by carrying out a formal tendering exercise, discussed further below.

Audit tendering and tenure

The Committee annually considers the reappointment of the external auditor, including rotation of the audit partner. The external auditor is required to rotate the audit partner responsible for the Group audit every five years and the year to 31 December 2021 was the first year for John Luff, the current lead audit partner.

During the year to 31 December 2021, following a formal tender of its audit in line with best practice and continued audit quality, the Company transitioned its audit to PwC. The Board initiated a formal tender process in late 2019 with a longlist of suitable audit firms approached. Following an initial dialogue and screening process, shortlisted firms were formally invited to tender for the audit of the Company. Formal tender proposals from participating firms and meetings with the Board of Directors took place during the year 2020. The key criteria considered by the Audit Committee in reaching its tender decision included those of audit quality, infrastructure audit and valuation experience, audit approach, potential for added value, and fees. Following a comprehensive assessment process, PwC was selected as the preferred firm and, following approval at the AGM, assumed the role of the Company's auditor for financial periods beginning 2021. A detailed transition plan was agreed, with all parties working closely to ensure an efficient and effective transition.

Risk Management

During the year, the Committee continued to ensure that the Company's risk management framework and processes remained effective in managing the Company's risks. Areas of note for the year are discussed below. A review of significant developments relating to the Company's risks arising in the year can be found in the Risk Management section of this report, starting on page 49.

Viability assessment

The Committee carried out a robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Company with a view to identify risks which may impact the Company's viability. Detailed stress tests, including an impact assessment on the Company's forecasted cash flows, showed significant resilience in the Company's ability to remain viable. The results of the risk assessment process are detailed in the Viability Statement on page 62.

External controls review

During the year an independent external review of the Company's controls framework in relation to bank payments, supplier procurement and systems security was commissioned. The review is currently ongoing, and further details will be provided in the Company's half year Interim report later in the year.

Climate change

The Committee continued to strengthen the Company's approach to managing climate change risk. During the year, continued improvements were made to embed climate change further in the reporting and risk management process. Further details can be found in the Responsible Investment section from page 38, and in the review of principal and emerging risks, from page 53.

REGULATORY AND TAX ENVIRONMENT

The Committee received regular reports from the Administrator and Investment Adviser on regulation and regulatory developments. The Company continues to maintain compliance with the requirements of the Common Reporting Standard, the Retail distribution of unregulated collective investment schemes (regulation which the Company remains excluded from), the UK Criminal Finance Act 2017, AIFMD, The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ('FATCA'), and UK Packaged Retail and Insurance-based Investment Products (EU Exit) Regulations 2019 as amended ('UK PRIIPs').

Focus for 2022

The Company will continue to focus on the impacts arising from the Covid-19 pandemic, keep focus on regular and routine matters, as well as continuing to monitor any political, tax and regulatory developments in its applicable geographies.

John Le Poidevin

Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

23 March 2022

DIRECTORS' REPORT

Introduction

The Directors present their Annual Report on the performance of the Company and Group for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Principal Activity

The Company is a limited liability, Guernsey-incorporated and domiciled, authorised closed-ended investment company under Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008. The Company's shares have a premium listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and are traded on the main market of the London Stock Exchange.

The Chair's Letter and Strategic Report contain a review of the business during the year. A Corporate Governance Report is provided on pages 64 to 74.

Directors' Indemnities

The Company has made qualifying third-party indemnity provisions for the benefit of its Directors, which were made during the period and remain in force at the date of this report.

Substantial Shareholdings

As at 31 December 2021, the Company had been notified, in accordance with Chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, of the following interests in 5% or more of the Company's Ordinary Shares to which voting rights are attached:

 
                                                 NO. OF ORDINARY 
 NAME OF HOLDER               % ISSUED CAPITAL            SHARES   DATE NOTIFIED 
---------------------------  -----------------  ----------------  -------------- 
                                                                      11 October 
 Tilney Smith & Williamson                5.01        85,524,350            2021 
---------------------------  -----------------  ----------------  -------------- 
 

There have been no additional notices between 31 December 2021 and the date of this report.

Directors' Authority to Buy Back Shares and Treasury Shares

The Company did not purchase any shares for treasury or cancellation during the year.

The current authority of the Company to make market purchases of up to 14.99% of the issued Ordinary Share Capital expires on 24 May 2022. The Company will seek to renew such authority at the AGM to take place on 25 May 2022. Any buy back of Ordinary Shares will be made subject to Guernsey law and within any guidelines established from time-to-time by the Board and the making and timing of any buy backs will be at the absolute discretion of the Board.

Purchases of Ordinary Shares will only be made through the market at prices below the prevailing NAV of the Ordinary Shares (as last calculated) where the Directors believe such purchases will enhance shareholder value. Such purchases will also only be made in accordance with the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority, which provide that the price to be paid must not be more than 5% above the average of the middle market quotations for the Ordinary Shares for the five business days before the shares are purchased (unless previously advised to shareholders). No such shares were bought back by the Company during the prior year. Up to 10% of the Company's shares may be held as treasury shares.

Going Concern

The Company and Group's business activities, together with the factors likely to affect the Company's future development, performance and position, are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 4 to 62. The financial position, cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing of the Company and Group are described in the financial statements on page 89 to 114.

The Directors have considered significant areas of possible financial risk, and comprehensive financial forecasts have been prepared and submitted to the Board for review. The Directors have, based on the information contained in these forecasts and the assessment of the committed banking facilities in place, formed a judgement, at the time of approving the financial statements, that the Company (and consolidated subsidiaries) have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 15-month going concern assessment review period, and at least 12 months from the approvals of these financial statements.

After consideration, the Directors are satisfied that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Director Declaration

Each person who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirms that:

- So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company's external auditor is unaware.

- Each Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company's auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 249 of the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008.

 
 
 Mike Gerrard    John Le Poidevin 
 Chair           Director 
 23 March 2022   23 March 2022 
 

DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT

The Directors are responsible for preparing financial statements for each year which give a true and fair view, in accordance with applicable Guernsey law and UK adopted international accounting standards, of the state of affairs of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries (the 'Group') and of the profit or loss of the Group for that year. In preparing those financial statements, the Directors are required to:

   -       Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 
   -       Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable; 

- State whether applicable accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

- Prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue in business.

The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above requirements in preparing the financial statements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records, which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time, the financial position of the Group and to enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud, error and non-compliance with law and regulations.

The maintenance and integrity of the Company's website is the responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by the auditor does not involve considerations of these matters and, accordingly, the auditor accepts no responsibility for any change that may have occurred to the financial statements since they were initially presented on the website. Legislation in Guernsey governing the preparation and dissemination of the financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility Statement of the Directors in respect of the Consolidated Annual Report and Financial Statements

The Directors each confirm to the best of their knowledge that:

- The consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and net return of the Group; and

- The Annual Report and financial statements includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties faced.

Directors' Statement under the UK Corporate Governance Code

The Board, as advised by the Audit and Risk Committee, has considered the Annual Report and financial statements and, taken as a whole, consider it to be fair, balanced and understandable and that it provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company's performance, business model and strategy.

 
 By order of the Board 
 Mike Gerrard            John Le Poidevin 
 Chair                   Director 
 23 March 2022           23 March 2022 
 

INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED

Report on the audit of the consolidated financial statements

Our opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of International Public Partnerships Limited (the "Company") and its subsidiaries (together the "Group") as at 31 December 2021, and of their consolidated financial performance and their consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and have been properly prepared in accordance with the requirements of The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008.

What we have audited

The Group's consolidated financial statements comprise:

   --     the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2021; 
   --     the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended; 
   --     the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; 
   --     the consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended; and 

-- the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing ("ISAs"). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the Group, as required by the Crown Dependencies' Audit Rules and Guidance. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach

Overview

 
 Audit scope 
   *    The Company is a closed-ended investment company, 
        incorporated in Guernsey, whose ordinary shares are 
        admitted to trading with a premium listing on the 
        Main Market of the London Stock Exchange; 
 
 
   *    Following a formal audit tender the Company changed 
        its auditor during 2021, this is therefore the first 
        year we are serving as the appointed independent 
        auditor of the Company; 
 
 
   *    The Group comprises both consolidated and 
        unconsolidated entities. As disclosed under note 1 to 
        these consolidated financial statements, the Company 
        meets the definition of an 'investment entity' in 
        accordance with IFRS 10 'Consolidated Financial 
        Statements' and therefore accounts for its 
        subsidiaries, with the exception of certain 
        subsidiaries that are not themselves investment 
        entities, at fair value through profit or loss under 
        IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments'. The Company only 
        consolidates those subsidiaries that are not 
        themselves investment entities and whose main purpose 
        is to provide services relating to the Company's 
        investment activities; 
 
 
   *    We conducted our audit of the consolidated financial 
        statements in Guernsey principally, using the 
        consolidated financial information and supporting 
        documentation provided by Amber Fund Management 
        Limited ("Amber") and Ocorian Administration 
        (Guernsey) Limited ("Ocorian"); both of whom the 
        board of directors have delegated the provision of 
        certain functions to; and 
 
 
   *    We tailored the scope of our audit, and structured 
        our audit team to incorporate support from our PwC 
        valuation experts, taking into account the nature and 
        industry sector of the assets held within the 
        investment portfolio; the involvement of third 
        parties referred to above and the accounting 
        processes and controls 
----------------------------------------------------------------- 
      Key audit matters 
        *    Risk of fraud in revenue recognition 
 
 
        *    Fair value measurement of investments at fair value 
             through profit or loss 
----------------------------------------------------------------- 
      Materiality 
        *    Overall Group materiality: GBP63.2 million based on 
             2.5% of equity attributable to equity holders of the 
             parent (i.e. net asset value) 
 
 
        *    Performance materiality: GBP47.4 million 
----------------------------------------------------------------- 
 

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the consolidated financial statements. In particular, we considered where the Directors made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain, and we considered the risk of climate change and the potential impact thereof on our audit approach. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

 
 Key audit matter                How our audit addressed the key audit 
                                  matter 
------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 Risk of fraud in revenue             We assessed the accounting policies in 
  recognition                          relation to the recognition of interest 
  Interest income of GBP81.9           and dividend income for compliance with 
  million and dividend                 the financial reporting framework and 
  income of GBP45.2 million,           checked that revenue has been recognised 
  as reflected in the                  in accordance with the stated accounting 
  consolidated statement               policies. 
  of comprehensive income 
  and note 4, are measured             We understood and evaluated the internal 
  in accordance with the               control environment in place at the Group 
  stated accounting policies.          around the recognition of interest and 
  We considered the risk               dividend income. 
  that management may                  We performed the following substantive 
  seek to manipulate revenue           audit procedures to test revenue and check 
  in order to report the               for any indication of fraudulent manipulation: 
  desired level of return               *    On a sample basis, we agreed dividend income 
  to investors, to be                        recognised to the relevant supporting documentation, 
  a significant audit                        including dividend notices or board approvals, and 
  risk, and accordingly                      traced the cash receipts to the Group's bank 
  this has been reported                     statements. For the sample of dividends received from 
  as a key audit matter.                     UK entities, we considered whether these have been 
                                             paid from sufficient distributable reserves and are 
                                             therefore valid distributions; 
 
 
                                        *    On a sample basis, we recalculated interest income 
                                             based on the contractual agreements in place; 
 
 
                                        *    Furthermore, we considered whether the interest and 
                                             dividends in our sample testing described above had 
                                             been recorded in the correct financial year. We 
                                             obtained further evidence over cut off and the 
                                             recording of dividend income in the correct financial 
                                             year through our audit work performed over investment 
                                             valuation, specifically in relation to our 'lookback' 
                                             testing in which we compared the actual vs forecast 
                                             cash flows and investigated variances exceeding an 
                                             established threshold; and 
 
 
                                        *    We included specific consideration of any unusual 
                                             journals impacting revenue within our journals 
                                             testing. 
 
 
                                       We have not identified any matters to 
                                       report to those charged with governance 
                                       in relation to the risk of fraud in revenue 
                                       recognition. 
------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 Fair value measurement               We assessed the investment valuation accounting 
  of Investments at fair               policy for compliance with the accounting 
  value through profit                 framework and best practice, and we checked 
  or loss                              that the investment valuations are measured 
  The investment portfolio,            in accordance with the stated policy. 
  valued at GBP2.6 billion             We understood and evaluated the Group's 
  at year end as reflected             processes, internal controls and methodology 
  in the consolidated                  applied in determining the fair value 
  balance sheet and note               of the investment portfolio in tailoring 
  11, comprises investments            our audit approach. 
  in infrastructure companies          We tested the key controls in relation 
  which largely generate               to the review and approval of the significant 
  long-term predictable                assumptions impacting the valuation models 
  cash flows.                          (including macroeconomic assumptions and 
  The valuation of the                 discount rates), as well as the quarterly 
  Group's investment portfolio         performance and actual vs forecast distribution 
  involves complexity                  variance analysis and certain investment 
  and subjective management            model review controls. 
  judgements and estimates.            We performed the following substantive 
  The magnitude of the                 procedures: 
  amounts involved means                *    We assessed the appropriateness of the key 
  that there is the potential                assumptions (i.e. macroeconomic assumptions, discount 
  for material misstatement.                 rates, terminal value assumptions) which impact the 
  Since the driver of                        entire investment portfolio, with the support of our 
  the Group's value is                       valuation experts as described below; 
  the valuation of the 
  investment portfolio, 
  this is the area of                   *    We obtained the overall fair value reconciliation of 
  focus for stakeholders                     opening to closing fair value from management and 
  and a significant audit                    corroborated significant fair value movements during 
  risk area, and accordingly                 the year, thereby assessing the reasonableness and 
  this has been reported                     completeness of the movement in fair value for the 
  as a key audit matter.                     year; 
 
 
                                        *    We stratified the portfolio based on the nature of 
                                             the underlying assets and performed a 'look back' 
                                             comparison of the forecast vs actual cash flows for 
                                             the current financial year for each stratification 
                                             category. This testing was supplemented with a 
                                             risk-based assessment performed to identify, and 
                                             investigate, investments deemed to be at a higher 
                                             risk of suffering an adverse valuation impact as a 
                                             result of Covid-19 and climate change related risk 
                                             exposure; 
 
 
                                        *    We performed detailed testing over a sample of models 
                                             and significant inputs for the selected sample of 
                                             investments, selected via risk and value-based 
                                             targeted sampling, which comprised 65% of the 
                                             investment portfolio by value. This testing entailed 
                                             challenging key inputs in the models and obtaining 
                                             appropriate supporting documentation and evidence; 
                                             and 
 
 
                                        *    With the support of our PwC valuation experts, we 
                                             checked and challenged the significant assumptions 
                                             made by management in valuing the risk-based selected 
                                             sample of assets, as well as performed a sensitivity 
                                             analysis of significant subjective assumptions and 
                                             checked the reasonableness of the overall valuation 
                                             of these assets with reference to comparable market 
                                             transactions and our experts' market knowledge. With 
                                             further support from our valuation experts, we 
                                             considered the reasonableness of the overall 
                                             portfolio valuation with reference to our industry 
                                             understanding and assessment of the fair value 
                                             analysis prepared by Amber on behalf of, and subject 
                                             to the review and approval of, the Directors. 
 
 
                                        *    Further substantive tests performed over the risk and 
                                             value-based sample of investments included: - 
 
 
                                       o Back testing comparison of the forecast 
                                       vs actual cash flows for the current financial 
                                       year earned on each individual asset in 
                                       the sample; and 
                                       o Utilisation of a software tool to test 
                                       the model integrity for each individual 
                                       asset selected in our sample. 
                                        *    In addition to the controls testing and substantive 
                                             testing performed over the entire portfolio, as 
                                             detailed above, we performed a risk-based year on 
                                             year variance analysis to identify, and investigate, 
                                             any unusual movements within the remaining 35% of the 
                                             portfolio. 
 
 
                                        *    Finally, for a sample of investments, to test 
                                             ownership and existence we obtained third party 
                                             evidence of investment holdings and checked whether 
                                             the details obtained corroborated or contradicted the 
                                             records held by the Group and those used for 
                                             investment valuation purposes. 
 
 
                                       We have not identified any matters to 
                                       report to those charged with governance 
                                       in relation to the fair value measurement 
                                       of Investments at fair value through profit 
                                       or loss. 
------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------ 
 

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the consolidated financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates.

We have considered whether the consolidated subsidiary entities included within the Group comprise separate components for the purpose of our audit scope. However, we have taken account of the Group's financial reporting system and the related controls in place at Ocorian and Amber, and based on our professional judgement have tailored our audit scope to account for the Group's consolidated financial statements as a single component.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the consolidated financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the consolidated financial statements as a whole as follows:

 
 Overall group materiality   GBP63.2 million. 
--------------------------  --------------------------------------------------- 
 How we determined           2.5% of the equity attributable to equity 
  it                          holders of the parent (i.e. net asset value). 
--------------------------  --------------------------------------------------- 
 Rationale for benchmark     We believe that net assets is the most appropriate 
  applied                     benchmark because this is the key metric 
                              of interest to investors. It is also a generally 
                              accepted measure used for companies in this 
                              industry. 
--------------------------  --------------------------------------------------- 
 

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to GBP47.4 million for the Group financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above GBP3.2 million as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Reporting on other information

The other information comprises all the information included in the Annual Report and Financial Statements (the "Annual Report") but does not include the consolidated financial statements and our auditor's report thereon.

The Directors are responsible for the other information which includes reporting based on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

Responsibilities for the consolidated financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the Directors for the consolidated financial statements

As explained more fully in the Directors' responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards, the requirements of Guernsey law and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

-- Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

-- Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group's internal control.

-- Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the Directors.

-- Conclude on the appropriateness of the Directors use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group's ability to continue as a going concern over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor's report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor's report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

-- Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

-- Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor's report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the members as a body in accordance with Section 262 of The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements

Company Law exception reporting

Under The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

   --    we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; 
   --    proper accounting records have not been kept; or 
   --    the consolidated financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Corporate governance statement

The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors' statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the corporate governance statement relating to the Company's compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report.

The Company has reported compliance against the 2019 AIC Code of Corporate Governance (the "Code") which has been endorsed by the UK Financial Reporting Council as being consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code for the purposes of meeting the Company's obligations, as an investment company, under the Listing Rules of the FCA.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance statement, included within the continuous risk management section, the corporate governance report, the audit and risk committee report, the Directors' report and the Directors' responsibilities statement, is materially consistent with the consolidated financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

-- The Directors' confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;

-- The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;

-- The Directors' statement in the consolidated financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group's ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements;

-- The Directors' explanation as to their assessment of the Group's prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and

-- The Directors' statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Our review of the Directors' statement regarding the longer-term viability of the Group was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the Directors' process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the consolidated financial statements and our knowledge and understanding of the Group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit.

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the consolidated financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

-- The Directors' statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the Group's position, performance, business model and strategy;

-- The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and

   --    The section describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee. 

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the Directors' statement relating to the Company's compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.

Other matter - Predecessor auditor

The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020 were audited by another firm of auditors whose report, dated 24 March 2021, expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements.

Other matter - ESEF

In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these consolidated financial statements will form part of the ESEF-prepared annual financial report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard ("ESEF RTS"). This auditor's report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report will be prepared using the single electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS.

John Luff

For and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers CI LLP

Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditor

Guernsey, Channel Islands

23 March 2022

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

YEARED 31 DECEMBER 2021

 
                                                       Year ended    Year ended 
                                                      31 December   31 December 
                                                             2021          2020 
                                                        GBP'000 s       GBP'000 
                                           Notes                              s 
----------------------------------------   -----  ---------------  ------------ 
Interest income                              4             81,930     81,204 
Dividend income                              4             45,247     42,822 
Net change in investments at fair value 
 through profit or loss                      4             34,626    (27,731) 
-----------------------------------------  -----  ---------------  ------------ 
Total investment income                                   161,803     96,295 
Other operating income / (expense)           5              3,560    (3,326) 
=========================================  =====  ===============  ============ 
Total income                                              165,363     92,969 
 
Management costs                            17           (26,173)    (25,888) 
Administrative costs                                      (2,281)    (1,825) 
Transaction costs                          6, 17          (3,896)     (286) 
Directors' fees                                             (393)     (416) 
-----------------------------------------  -----  ---------------  ------------ 
Total expenses                                           (32,743)    (28,415) 
-----------------------------------------  -----  ---------------  ------------ 
Profit before finance costs and tax                       132,620     64,554 
 
Finance costs                                8            (3,453)    (3,797) 
-----------------------------------------  -----  ---------------  ------------ 
Profit before tax                                         129,167     60,757 
 
Tax credit / (charge)                        9                 44      (44) 
-----------------------------------------  -----  ---------------  ------------ 
Profit for the year                                       129,211     60,713 
-----------------------------------------  -----  ---------------  ------------ 
 
Earnings per share 
From continuing operations 
Basic and diluted (pence)                   10               7.78          3.76 
-----------------------------------------  -----  ---------------  ------------ 
 
 

All results are from continuing operations in the year.

All income is attributable to the equity holders of the parent. There are no non-controlling interests within the Consolidated Group.

There are no other Comprehensive Income items in the current year (2020: nil). The profit for the year represents the Total Comprehensive Income for the year.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

YEARED 31 DECEMBER 2021

 
                                        Share capital 
                                            and share   Other distributable    Retained 
                                              premium               reserve    earnings       Total 
                               ====== 
                                              GBP'000               GBP'000     GBP'000     GBP'000 
                                Notes               s                     s           s           s 
=============================  ======  ==============  ====================  ==========  ========== 
 Balance at 1 January 2021                  1,769,582               182,481     432,373   2,384,436 
=============================  ======  ==============  ====================  ==========  ========== 
 
 Profit for the year and 
  total comprehensive income                        -                     -     129,211     129,211 
 
 Issue of ordinary shares        15           140,629                     -                 140,629 
 Issue costs applied to 
  new shares                     15           (1,362)                     -                 (1,362) 
 Dividends in the year           15                 -                     -   (124,114)   (124,114) 
=============================  ======  ==============  ====================  ==========  ========== 
 Balance at 31 December 
  2021                                      1,908,849               182,481     437,470   2,528,800 
=============================  ======  ==============  ====================  ==========  ========== 
 

YEARED 31 DECEMBER 2020

 
                                        Share capital 
                                            and share   Other distributable    Retained 
                                              premium               reserve    earnings       Total 
                               ====== 
                                              GBP'000               GBP'000     GBP'000     GBP'000 
                                Notes               s                     s           s           s 
=============================  ======  ==============  ====================  ==========  ========== 
 Balance at 1 January 2020                  1,753,840               182,481     488,918   2,425,239 
=============================  ======  ==============  ====================  ==========  ========== 
 
 Profit for the year and 
  total comprehensive income                        -                     -      60,713      60,713 
 
 Issue of ordinary shares        15            15,742                     -           -      15,742 
 Dividends in the year           15                 -                     -   (117,258)   (117,258) 
=============================  ======  ==============  ====================  ==========  ========== 
 Balance at 31 December 
  2020                                      1,769,582               182,481     432,373   2,384,436 
=============================  ======  ==============  ====================  ==========  ========== 
 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

 
                                            31 December  31 December 
                                                   2021         2020 
                                                GBP'000      GBP'000 
                                    Notes             s            s 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
Non-current assets 
Investments at fair value through 
 profit or loss                       11      2,579,434    2,345,433 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
Total non-current assets                      2,579,434    2,345,433 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
 
  Current assets 
Trade and other receivables         11, 13       57,378       42,188 
Cash and cash equivalents             11         56,090       44,263 
Derivative financial instruments      11          2,713          268 
Total current assets                            116,181       86,719 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
Total assets                                  2,695,615    2,432,152 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables            11, 14       10,597        9,316 
Bank loans                          8, 11             -       38,400 
Total current liabilities                        10,597       47,716 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
 
Non-current liabilities 
Bank loans                          8, 11       156,218            - 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
Total non-current liabilities                   156,218            - 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
Total liabilities                               166,815       47,716 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
Net assets                                    2,528,800    2,384,436 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
 
Equity 
Share capital and share premium       15      1,908,849    1,769,582 
Other distributable reserve           15        182,481      182,481 
Retained earnings                     15        437,470      432,373 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
Equity attributable to equity 
 holders of the parent                        2,528,800    2,384,436 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
 
  Net assets per share (pence per 
  share)                              16          148.2        147.1 
==================================  ======  ===========  =========== 
 

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 23 March 2022.

 
 They were signed on its 
  behalf by: 
 
   Mike Gerrard                        John Le Poidevin 
   Chair                                       Director 
   23 March 2022                    23 March 2022 

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Year ended 31 December 2021

 
                                                              Year ended     Year ended 
                                                             31 December    31 December 
                                                                    2021           2020 
                                                                 GBP'000        GBP'000 
                                                    Notes              s              s 
=================================================  ======  =============  ============= 
 Profit before tax in the Consolidated Statement 
  of Comprehensive Income(1)                                     129,167         60,757 
 Adjusted for: 
 (Gain) / loss on investments at fair value 
  through profit or loss                              4         (34,626)         27,731 
 Finance costs(2)                                     8            3,453          3,797 
 Fair value movement on derivative financial         5, 
  instruments                                         11         (2,445)          3,894 
 Working capital adjustments 
 (Increase) in receivables                                      (13,431)       (13,349) 
 Increase / (decrease) in payables                                 1,282        (1,155) 
 Income tax (paid) / received (3)                                  (105)          2,533 
=================================================  ======  =============  ============= 
 Net cash inflow from operations (4)                              83,295         84,208 
=================================================  ======  =============  ============= 
 
 Investing activities 
 Acquisition of investments at fair value 
  through profit or loss                             12        (252,725)       (29,984) 
 Net repayments from investments at fair 
  value through profit or loss                                    53,350         39,464 
-------------------------------------------------  ------  -------------  ------------- 
 Net cash (outflow) / inflow from investing 
  activities                                                   (199,375)          9,480 
=================================================  ======  =============  ============= 
 
 Financing activities 
 Proceeds from issue of shares net of issue 
  costs                                                          133,638              - 
 Dividends paid                                      15        (118,485)      (101,516) 
 Finance costs paid(2)                                           (4,825)        (4,170) 
 Loan drawdowns(2)                                               178,215         29,544 
-------------------------------------------------  ------  -------------  ------------- 
 Loan repayments(2)                                             (60,397)       (19,000) 
-------------------------------------------------  ------  -------------  ------------- 
 Net cash inflow / (outflow) from financing 
  activities                                                     128,146       (95,142) 
=================================================  ======  =============  ============= 
 
 
 Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash 
  equivalents                                                     12,066        (1,454) 
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning 
  of year                                                         44,263         45,610 
 Foreign exchange (loss) / gain on cash 
  and cash equivalents                                             (239)            107 
=================================================  ======  =============  ============= 
 
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                         56,090         44,263 
=================================================  ======  =============  ============= 
 

1 Includes interest received of GBP70.0 million (December 2020: GBP66.7 million) and dividends received of GBP45.2 million (December 2020: GBP42.8 million).

2 These cash flows represent the changes in liabilities arising from financing liabilities during the period in accordance with IAS 7, 44A-E.

3 Includes cash flows received from unconsolidated subsidiary entities in respect of surrender of tax losses.

4 Net cash flows from operations above are reconciled to net operating cash flows before capital activity* as shown in the Strategic Report on pages 28 to 29.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARED 31 DECEMBER 2020

   1.       Basis of Preparation 

International Public Partnerships Limited is a closed-ended authorised investment company incorporated in Guernsey under the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008. The address of the registered office is given on the inside back cover. The nature of the Group's ('Parent and consolidated subsidiary entities') operations and its principal activities are set out on pages 4 to 5.

These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling as this is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates and represents the functional currency of the Parent and all values are rounded to the nearest (GBP'000), except where otherwise indicated.

Basis of Preparation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards ('IFRS'), applicable legal and regulatory requirements of Guernsey, and the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority. These financial statements follow the historical cost basis, except for financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss and derivatives that have been measured at fair value. The principal accounting policies adopted are set out in relevant notes to the financial statements. The Company voluntarily transitioned to UK-adopted International Accounting Standards ('IAS') on 1 January 2021, following the UK's departure from the EU, and reflecting the Company's place of listing on the London Stock Exchange. This change constitutes a change in accounting framework. However, there is no impact on recognition, measurement or disclosure in the period reported as a result of the change in framework. The new and revised standards and interpretations becoming effective in the period have had no material impact on the accounting policies of the Group.

The Directors have determined that International Public Partnerships Limited is an investment entity as defined by IFRS 10 on the basis that the Company:

a) Obtains funds from one or more investor(s) for the purpose of providing those investor(s) with investment management services;

b) Commits to its investors that its business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income, or both; and

c) Measures and evaluates the performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis.

Accordingly, these financial statements consolidate only those subsidiaries that provide services relevant to its investment activities, such as management services, strategic advice and financial support to its investees, and that are not themselves investment entities. Subsidiaries that do not provide investment-related services are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments.

Going Concern

The Directors have reviewed cash flow forecasts prepared by management. Based on those forecasts, consideration of the Group's operating costs and obligations as well as capital commitments, and an assessment of the Group's committed banking facilities, it has been considered appropriate to prepare these consolidated financial statements of the Group on a going concern basis. In arriving at their conclusion that the Group has adequate financial resources, the Directors were mindful that the Group had unrestricted cash of GBP56.1 million as at 31 December 2021. The Company continues to fully cover operating costs and distributions from underlying cash flows from investments. The Company has access to a corporate debt facility of GBP250 million on a fully committed basis, and a flexible 'accordion' component which, subject to lender consent, allows for a future extension by an additional GBP150 million. At the date of this report, approximately GBP85 million of the fully committed portion remains available. A GBP20 million portion of the facility is available to be utilised for working capital purposes. The facility is forecast to continue in full compliance with the associated banking covenants. The facility is available for investment in new and existing assets until March 2024.

Accounting Policies

The same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation are followed in this set of financial statements as applied in the previous financial year. The new and revised IFRS and interpretations becoming effective in the period have had no material impact on the accounting policies of the Group. Note 20 sets out a comprehensive listing of all new standards applicable from 1 January 2021.

   2.       CRITICAL Judgements and Estimates 

Investment Entity

In the judgement of the Directors, International Public Partnerships Limited has been accounted for as an investment entity as defined by IFRS 10, further details of which are given in note 1, Basis of preparation.

Fair Valuation of Investments at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Fair values are a critical estimate and are determined using the income approach which discounts the expected cash flows at a rate appropriate to the risk profile of each investment. In determining the discount rate, relevant long-term government bond yields, specific investment risks and evidence of recent transactions are considered. Details of the valuation process and key sensitivities are provided in note 11.

   3.       SEGMENTAL REPORTING 

Based on a review of information provided to the chief operating decision makers of the Group (determined to be the Board), the Group has identified four operating and reportable segments based on the geographical risk associated with the jurisdictions in which it operates. The factors used to identify the Group's operating and reportable segments are centered on the risk-free rates and the maturity of the infrastructure sector within each region. Further, foreign exchange and political risk is identified, as these also determine where resources are allocated. Management has concluded that the Group is currently organised into four operating and reportable segments being UK, Europe (excl. UK), North America and Australia.

 
                                              Year ended 31 December 2021 
                           ================================================================= 
                                              Europe 
                                   UK     (Excl. UK)   North America   Australia       Total 
                              GBP'000        GBP'000         GBP'000     GBP'000     GBP'000 
                                    s              s               s           s           s 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Segmental results 
 Dividend and interest 
  income                       99,428          8,487           7,111      12,151     127,177 
 Fair value gain / 
  loss on investments          28,840        (2,839)           1,979       6,646      34,626 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Total investment income      128,268          5,648           9,090      18,797     161,803 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Reporting segment 
  profit (1)                   92,142          7,803           8,868      20,398     129,211 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Segmental financial 
  position 
 Investments at fair 
  value                     1,947,001        313,241         105,931     213,261   2,579,434 
 Current assets               116,181              -               -           -     116,181 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Total assets               2,063,182        313,241         105,931     213,261   2,695,615 
 Total liabilities          (166,815)              -               -           -   (166,815) 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Net assets                 1,896,367        313,241         105,931     213,261   2,528,800 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 
                                               Year ended 31 December 2020 
                           ================================================================= 
                                              Europe 
                                   UK     (Excl. UK)   North America   Australia       Total 
                              GBP'000        GBP'000         GBP'000     GBP'000     GBP'000 
                                    s              s               s           s           s 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Segmental results 
 Dividend and interest 
  income                       95,371          7,723           8,494      12,438     124,026 
 Fair value gain / 
  loss on investments        (20,364)       (24,777)           1,021      16,389    (27,731) 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Total investment income 
  / (loss)                     75,007       (17,054)           9,515      28,827      96,295 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Reporting segment 
  profit / (loss) (1)          42,768       (18,569)           9,582      26,932      60,713 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Segmental financial 
  position 
 Investments at fair 
  value                     1,729,191        295,824         104,963     215,455   2,345,433 
 Current assets                86,719              -               -           -      86,719 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Total assets               1,815,910        295,824         104,963     215,455   2,432,152 
 Total liabilities           (47,716)              -               -           -    (47,716) 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 Net assets                 1,768,194        295,824         104,963     215,455   2,384,436 
=========================  ==========  =============  ==============  ==========  ========== 
 
 
   1        Reporting segment results are stated net of operational costs including management fees. 

Revenue from investments which individually represent more than 10% of the Group's interest and dividend income approximates GBP15.4 million (2020: GBP26.7 million).

   4.       Investment Income 

Accounting Policy

Interest income

Interest income is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of income can be measured reliably. Interest income is accrued on a time-apportioned basis and is recognised gross of withholding tax, if any.

Dividend income

Dividend income is recognised gross of withholding tax on the date the Company's right to receive the dividend income is established.

Net change in Investments at fair value through profit or loss

Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss includes all realised and unrealised fair value changes (including foreign exchange movements) other than interest and dividend income recognised separately.

 
                                                    Year ended    Year ended 
                                                   31 December   31 December 
                                                          2021          2020 
                                                     GBP'000 s     GBP'000 s 
------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Interest income 
Interest on investments at fair value through 
 profit or loss                                         81,930        81,202 
Interest on financial assets at amortised 
 cost                                                        -             2 
------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Total interest income                                   81,930        81,204 
 
Dividend income                                         45,247        42,822 
Net change in Investments at fair value through 
 profit or loss                                         34,626      (27,731) 
------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Total investment income                                161,803        96,295 
------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
 

Dividend and interest income includes transactions with unconsolidated subsidiary entities. Changes in investments at fair value through profit or loss are also recognised in relation to the Group's investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries.

   5.       Other Operating INCOME /(EXPENSE) 
 
                                                       Year ended    Year ended 
                                                      31 December   31 December 
                                                             2021          2020 
                                                        GBP'000 s     GBP'000 s 
 --------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
 
Fair value movement on foreign exchange contracts           2,445         (3,894) 
Other gains on foreign exchange movements                   1,089             550 
Other income                                                   26              18 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------- 
Total other operating income / (expense)                    3,560         (3,326) 
---------------------------------------------------  ------------  -------------- 
 
 
   6.       Transaction Costs 
 
                              Year ended 
                             31 December    Year ended 
                                    2021   31 December 
                                 GBP'000          2020 
                                       s     GBP'000 s 
--------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Investment advisory costs          3,896           286 
Total transaction costs            3,896           286 
--------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
 

Details of total transaction costs paid to the Investment Adviser are provided in note 17.

   7.       Auditor's Remuneration 
 
                                                                   Year ended 
                                                                  31 December    Year ended 
                                                                         2021   31 December 
                                                                      GBP'000          2020 
                                                                            s     GBP'000 s 
---------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Fees payable to the Group 's auditor for the 
 audit of the Group 's financial statements                               542           485 
 
Fees payable to the Group 's auditor and their 
 associates for other services to the Group 
 
    *    The audit of the Group 's consolidated subsidiaries               11            49 
 
    *    The audit of the Group 's unconsolidated subsidiaries             20           121 
---------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Total audit fees                                                          573           655 
---------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Other fees 
 
    *    Interim review                                                    73            17 
 
    *    Other services                                                     -             - 
---------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
Total non-audit fees                                                       73            17 
---------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------ 
 
   8.       Finance Costs AND BANK LOANS 

Accounting Policy

Interest bearing loans and overdrafts are initially recorded as the proceeds received net of any directly attributable issue costs. Subsequent measurement is at amortised cost, with borrowing costs recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period in which they are incurred, using the effective interest rate method. Arrangement fees are amortised over the term of the corporate debt facility.

Finance costs for the year were GBP3.5 million (2020: GBP3.8 million). The Group has a corporate debt facility with GBP250 million available on a fully committed basis, with a flexible 'accordion' component which will, subject to lender approval, allow for a future extension by an additional GBP150 million. The interest rate margin on the corporate debt facility in the year was 170 basis points over SONIA. The facility matures in March 2024 with no repayments due ahead of maturity, and is secured over the assets of the Group. The banking group for the facility consists of National Australia Bank, the Royal Bank of Scotland International, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and Barclays Bank. The drawdowns in the period were in the form of cash drawdowns used to partially fund investments. As at December 2021 the facility was GBP156.2 million cash drawn (December 2020: GBP38.4 cash drawn), with GBP9.3 million drawn as letter of credit (December 2020: no drawings under letter of credit). The uncommitted balance of the facility which was not cash drawn or notionally drawn via letters of credit, was GBP84.5 million (December 2020: GBP361.6 million). Tax

Accounting Policy

Current tax is based on taxable profit for the period. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income as it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in past or future years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group's asset/liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. The current tax charge/credit in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income is recognised net of receivables recognised for losses surrendered to unconsolidated subsidiary entities.

Under the current system of taxation in Guernsey, the Company itself is exempt from paying taxes on income, profits or capital gains. Dividend income and interest income received by the Group may be subject to withholding tax imposed in the country of origin of such income.

 
                                                  Year ended    Year ended 
                                            31 December 2021   31 December 
                                                   GBP'000 s          2020 
                                                                 GBP'000 s 
=========================================  =================  ============ 
Current tax: 
UK corporation tax credit - current year                   -             - 
UK corporation tax - prior year                          (2)             - 
Other overseas tax - current year                       (44)            75 
Other overseas tax - prior year                            2          (31) 
Tax (credit) / charge for the year                      (44)            44 
=========================================  =================  ============ 
 
 
  Reconciliation of effective tax rate:                                  Year ended 
                                                                        31 December 
                                                          Year ended           2020 
                                                    31 December 2021        GBP'000 
                                                           GBP'000 s              s 
================================================  ==================  ============= 
 Profit before tax                                           129,167         60,757 
================================================  ==================  ============= 
 Exempt tax status in Guernsey                                     -              - 
 Application of overseas tax rates                              (44)             75 
 Group tax losses surrendered to unconsolidated                    -              - 
  investee entities 
 Adjustments to previous year's assessment                         -           (31) 
================================================  ==================  ============= 
 Tax (credit) / charge for the year                             (44)             44 
================================================  ==================  ============= 
 

The income tax (credit) / charge above does not represent the full tax position of the entire Group as the investment returns received by the Company are net of tax payable at the underlying investee entity level. As a consequence of the adoption of IFRS 10 investment entity consolidation exception, underlying investee entity tax is not consolidated within these financial statements. To provide an indication of the tax paid across the wider portfolio, total forecasted corporation tax payable by the Group's underlying investments is in excess of GBP1 billion (December 2020: GBP1 billion) over their full concession lives.

   9.       Earnings Per Share 

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

 
                                                       Year ended     Year ended 
                                                      31 December    31 December 
                                                             2021           2020 
                                                         GBP'000s       GBP'000s 
==================================================  =============  ============= 
Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted 
 earnings per share being net profit attributable 
 to equity holders of the parent                          129,211         60,713 
==================================================  =============  ============= 
                                                           Number         Number 
==================================================  =============  ============= 
Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for 
 the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per 
 share                                              1,660,869,679  1,613,799,526 
==================================================  =============  ============= 
 Basic and diluted (pence)                                   7.78           3.76 
==================================================  =============  ============= 
 

The denominator for the purposes of calculating both basic and diluted earnings per share is the same as the Group has not issued any share options or other instruments that would cause dilution.

   10.     Financial Instruments 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the instrument expire or the asset is transferred, and the transfer qualifies for derecognition in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expired. Specific financial asset and liability accounting policies are provided below.

   11.1     Financial assets 
 
                                                   31 December  31 December 
                                                          2021         2020 
                                                      GBP'000s     GBP'000s 
 =============================================================  =========== 
Investments at fair value through profit and loss    2,579,434    2,345,433 
Financial assets at amortised cost 
Trade and other receivables                             57,378       42,188 
Cash and cash equivalents                               56,090       44,263 
Derivative financial instruments at fair value 
 through profit or loss 
Foreign exchange contracts                               2,713            268 
===================================================  =========  ============= 
Total financial assets                               2,695,615    2,432,152 
===================================================  =========  =========== 
 
 

Accounting Policy

The Group classifies its financial assets as at fair value through profit or loss or as financial assets at amortised cost. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired, with investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries (other than those providing investment-related services) being at fair value through profit or loss as required by IFRS 10. The accounting policy for bank loans is included earlier in note 8.

Investments at fair value through profit or loss

Investments in underlying unconsolidated subsidiaries and other non-controlled investments are held in a portfolio, the business model of which is to manage them on a fair value basis. The Group's policy is to fair value both the equity and debt investments in underlying assets together. All transaction costs relating to the acquisition of new investments are recognised directly in profit or loss. Subsequent to initial recognition, equity and debt investments are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised within total investment income in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables that meet the contracted cash flow test as solely payments of principal and interest and which are held in a business model to receive these contractual cash flows are classified as trade and other receivables. Financial assets with maturities less than 12 months are included in current assets, financial assets with maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date are classified as non-current assets.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are classified as financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, held for trading. Derivatives are recognised initially, and are subsequently remeasured, at fair value. Derivatives are shown as assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. Fair value movements on derivative financial instruments held for trading are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Impairment of financial assets

Financial assets, other than those classified at fair value through profit or loss, being trade and other receivables, adopt a simplified approach to calculate any expected credit losses.

   11.2     Financial liabilities 
 
                                          31 December  31 December 
                                                 2021         2020 
                                             GBP'000s     GBP'000s 
----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Financial liabilities at amortised cost 
Trade and other payables                       10,597        9,316 
Bank loans                                    156,218       38,400 
----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Total financial liabilities                   166,815       47,716 
----------------------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

Accounting Policy

Trade and other payables

Financial liabilities, other than those specifically accounted for under a separate policy, are measured at amortised cost and stated based on the amounts which are considered to be payable in respect of goods or services received up to the financial reporting date. The carrying value of financial liabilities at amortised cost is considered to approximate their fair value.

   11.3     Financial risk management 

The Group's objective in managing risk is the protection of stakeholder value. Risk is inherent in the Group's activities and is managed through a process of ongoing identification, measurement and monitoring, subject to risk limits and other controls. The Group is exposed to market risk (which includes currency risk, interest rate risk and inflation risk), credit risk and liquidity risk arising from the financial instruments it holds. The Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for the overall risk management of the Group, with delegation of oversight and activities (including identifying and controlling risks) provided to the Audit and Risk Committee and the Group's Investment Adviser. The Group's risk management framework and approach is set out within the Strategic Report (pages 49 to 62). The Board takes into account market, credit and liquidity risks in forming the Group's risk management strategy.

MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in market variables such as changes in inflation, foreign exchange rates and interest rates.

Inflation risk

The majority of the Group's cash flows from underlying investments are linked to inflation indices. Changes in inflation rates can have a positive or negative impact on the Group's cash flows from investments. The long-term inflation assumptions applied in the Group's valuation of investments at fair value through profit or loss are disclosed in the fair value hierarchy section in note 11.4.

The Group's portfolio of investments has been developed in anticipation of continued inflation at or above the levels used in the Group's valuation assumptions. Where inflation is at levels below the assumed levels for a sustained period of time, investment performance may be impaired. The level of inflation-linkage* across the investments held by the Group varies and is not consistent.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows from underlying investments therefore impacting the value of investments at fair value through profit or loss. The Group has limited exposure to interest rate risk as the underlying borrowings within the unconsolidated investee entities are either hedged through interest rate swap arrangements via an economic hedge, are fixed rate loans or the risk of adverse movement in interest rates is limited through protections provided by the regulatory regime. For example, it is generally a requirement under a PFI/PPP concession that any borrowings are matched to the life of the concession. Hedging activities are aligned with the period of the loan, which also mirrors the concession period and are highly effective. However, particularly in Australia, refinancing risk exists in a number of such investments. The Group's corporate debt facility is unhedged on the basis it is utilised as an investment bridging facility and therefore drawn for a relatively short period of time. Therefore, the Group is not significantly exposed to cash flow risk due to changes in interest rates over its variable rate borrowings. Interest income on bank deposits held within underlying investments is included within the fair value of investments.

Foreign currency risk

The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies and therefore is exposed to exchange rate fluctuations. Currency risk arises in financial instruments that are denominated in a foreign currency other than the functional currency in which they are measured. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate the risk of short-term volatility in foreign exchange on significant investment returns from overseas investments via an economic hedge. The Group does not hedge its exposure to foreign exchange in relation to foreign currency denominated investment balances. The carrying amounts of the Group's foreign currency denominated monetary financial instruments at the reporting date are set out in the table below:

 
                                                   31 December  31 December 
                                                          2021         2020 
                                                      GBP'000s     GBP'000s 
=================================================  ===========  =========== 
Cash 
Euro                                                       875          414 
Canadian Dollar                                            250          675 
Australian Dollar                                        6,220           68 
US Dollar                                                1,603          517 
=================================================  ===========  =========== 
                                                         8,948        1,674 
Current receivables 
Euro receivables                                           712          126 
US Dollar receivables                                        -          989 
=================================================  ===========  =========== 
                                                           712        1,115 
Investments at fair value through profit or loss 
Euro                                                   299,262      295,824 
Danish Krone                                            13,979            - 
Canadian Dollar                                         39,439       39,391 
Australian Dollar                                      213,261      215,455 
US Dollar                                               66,492       65,572 
=================================================  ===========  =========== 
                                                       632,433      616,242 
=================================================  ===========  =========== 
Total                                                  642,093      619,031 
=================================================  ===========  =========== 
 

Sensitivity analysis showing the impact of variations of the above risks on the fair value of investments is shown in note 11.5.

Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the Group. The Group has adopted a policy of dealing with creditworthy counterparties and reviewing this on a regular basis at the underlying entity level. The majority of underlying investments are in public-private partnerships and similar concessions (which are entered into with government, quasi government, other public, equivalent low risk bodies), or in regulated businesses that inherently exhibit low levels of credit risk. The maximum exposure of credit risk over financial assets as a result of counterparty default is the carrying value of those financial assets in the balance sheet. In addition, the underlying investee entities contract with third-party construction and facilities managements contractors. The Group seeks to mitigate this risk through using a diverse range of sub-contractors and through at least quarterly review of the credit position of major contractors.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Group would encounter difficulty in meeting obligations as and when they fall due associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group invests in relatively illiquid investments (mainly non-listed equity and loans). As a closed-ended investment vehicle there are no automatic capital redemption rights. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows. Cash flow forecasts assume full availability of underlying infrastructure to the relevant public sector body or end-user. Failure to maintain assets available for use or operating in accordance with pre-determined performance standards or licence conditions may lead to a reduction (wholly or partially) in the investment income that the Group has projected to receive. The Directors review the underlying performance of each investment on a quarterly basis, allowing asset performance to be monitored. The terms of public-private partnership contractual mechanisms also allow for significant pass-down of unavailability and performance risk to sub-contractors. Regulated asset regimes allow for the pass through of efficiently incurred costs to the purchaser. The Group's financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables, payable within 12 months of the year end, and bank loans, repayable in March 2024 as disclosed under note 8.

   11.4     Fair value hierarchy 

All financial instruments for which fair value is recognised or disclosed are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

Level 1 - Quoted market prices in an active market (that are unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 - Valuation techniques (for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable);

Level 3 - Valuation techniques (for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable).

During the period there were no transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 categories.

Level 1:

The Group has no financial instruments classified as Level 1.

Level 2:

This category includes derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, RPI swaps and currency forward contracts. As at

31 December 2021, the Group's only derivative financial instruments were currency forward contracts amounting to an asset of

GBP2.7 million (December 2020: asset of GBP0.3 million).

Financial instruments classified as Level 2 have been valued using models whose inputs are observable in an active market (spot exchange rates, yield curves, interest rate curves). Valuations based on observable inputs include financial instruments such as swaps and forward contracts which are valued using market standard pricing techniques where all the inputs to the market standard pricing models are observable.

Level 3:

This category consists of investments in equity and loan instruments in underlying unconsolidated subsidiary entities and other non-controlled investments which are classified at fair value through profit or loss. At 31 December 2021, the fair value of financial instruments classified within Level 3 totalled GBP2,579.4 million (December 2020: GBP2,345.4 million).

Financial instruments are classified within Level 3 if their valuation incorporates significant inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). A valuation input is considered observable if it can be directly observed from transactions in an active market, or if there is compelling external evidence demonstrating an executable exit price.

Valuation process

Valuations are the responsibility of the Board of Directors. The valuation of unlisted equity and debt investments is performed on a quarterly(1) basis by the Investment Adviser. The valuation is reviewed by the senior members of the Investment Adviser, and reviewed and approved by the Board.

Valuation methodology

The valuation methodologies used are primarily based on discounting the underlying investee entities' future projected net cash flows at appropriate discount rates. Valuations are also reviewed against recent market transactions for similar assets in comparable markets observed by the Group or Investment Adviser and adjusted where appropriate.

Cash flow forecasts for the full-term of each underlying investment are generated by detailed investment specific financial models. These models forecast the dividend, shareholder loan interest payments, capital repayments and senior debt repayments (where applicable) expected from the underlying investments. The cash flows included in the forecasts used to determine fair value are typically fixed under contracts, however there are certain variable cash flows which are based on management's estimations (see also pages 28 to 29 of the strategic report). The significant unobservable inputs and assumptions used in projecting the Group's net future cash flows are shown overleaf.

1 Indicative valuations are calculated in respect of each at 31 March and 30 September.

 
                                                   31 December 2021    31 December 2020 
=======================  ===============  =========================  ================== 
 Inflation rates          UK                      2.75% RPI / 2.00%   2.75% RPI / 2.00% 
                                                               CPIH                CPIH 
                           Australia                          2.50%               2.50% 
                           Europe (excl.                      2.00%               2.00% 
                            UK) 
                           Canada                             2.00%               2.00% 
                           US(1)                                N/A                 N/A 
=======================  ===============  =========================  ================== 
 Long-term deposit        UK                                  1.00%               1.00% 
  rates(2) 
                           Australia                          2.00%               2.00% 
                           Europe (excl.                      0.50%               0.50% 
                            UK) 
                           Canada                             1.50%               1.50% 
                           US(1)                                N/A                 N/A 
=======================  ===============  =========================  ================== 
 Foreign exchange rates   GBP/AUD                              1.86                1.77 
                           GBP/DKK                             8.86                 N/A 
                           GBP/EUR                             1.19                1.11 
                           GBP/CAD                             1.72                1.74 
                           GBP/USD                             1.35                1.37 
=======================  ===============  =========================  ================== 
 Tax rates(3)             UK                        19.00% / 25.00%              19.00% 
                           Australia                         30.00%              30.00% 
                           Europe (excl.    Various (12.50%-32.28%)     Various (12.50% 
                           UK)              Various (23.00%-26.50%)           - 32.28%) 
                           Canada                               N/A     Various (23.00% 
                           US(1)                                              - 26.50%) 
                                                                                    N/A 
=======================  ===============  =========================  ================== 
 

1 The Company's US investment is in the form of subordinated debt and therefore not directly impacted by inflation, deposit and tax rate assumptions.

2 The portfolio valuation assumes actual current deposit rates are maintained until 31 December 2023 before adjusting to the long-term rates noted in the table above from 1 January 2024. The 31 December 2020 valuation assumed the long-term rates noted in the table above would apply from 1 January 2023.

3 Tax rates reflect those substantively enacted as at the valuation date or those that could reasonably be expected to be substantively enacted shortly after the valuation date.

Discount rate

The discount rate used in the valuation of each investment is the aggregate of the following:

- Yield on a government bond with a remaining term equivalent to (or as close as possible to) the investment being valued, issued by the national government for the location of the relevant investment ('government bond yield');

- A premium to reflect the inherent greater risk in investing in infrastructure assets over government bonds;

- A further premium to reflect the state of maturity of the asset with a larger premium applied to immature assets and/or assets in construction and/or to reflect any current asset specific or operational issues. Typically, this risk premium will reduce over the life of any asset as an asset matures, its operating performance becomes more established, and the risks associated with its future cash flows decrease. However, the rate may increase in relation to investments with unknown residual values at the end of the relevant concession life as that date nears;

- A further adjustment reflective of market-based transaction valuation evidence for similar assets. Such adjustment is considered to implicitly include the market's assessment of the risk posed by climate factors to that particular investment.

Over the period, the weighted average government bond yield increased by 0.40%. The weighted average investment premium decreased, reflecting observable market-based evidence.

 
                                   31 December 2021   31 December 
 Valuation assumptions                                       2020    Movement 
================================  =================  ============  ========== 
 Weighted Average Government 
  Bond Yield                                  0.96%         0.56%     0.40bps 
 Weighted Average Investment 
  Risk Premium                                6.01%         6.41%   (0.40)bps 
================================  =================  ============  ========== 
 Weighted Average Discount Rate               6.97%         6.97%           - 
================================  =================  ============  ========== 
 
 Weighted Average Discount Rate 
  on Risk Capital(1)                          7.38%         7.52%   (0.14)bps 
================================  =================  ============  ========== 
 
   1          Weighted average discount rate on Risk Capital only (equity and subordinated debt). 
 
                                                       31 December    31 December 
                                                              2021           2020 
 Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements         GBP'000        GBP'000 
  of financial assets                                            s              s 
===================================================  =============  ============= 
 Balance at 1 January                                    2,345,433      2,382,645 
 Additional investments during the year                    252,725         29,984 
 Net repayments during the year                           (53,350)       (39,465) 
 Net change in Investments at fair value through 
  profit or loss                                            34,626       (27,731) 
===================================================  =============  ============= 
 Balance at 31 December                                  2,579,434      2,345,433 
===================================================  =============  ============= 
 
   11.5     Sensitivity analysis 

The valuation requires management to make certain assumptions in relation to unobservable inputs to the model. There are no straight forward inter-relationships between the unobservable inputs. A sensitivity analysis for reasonably possible alternative assumptions is provided below:

 
                                  Weighted                    Change in                    Change in 
                              average rate                   fair value                   fair value 
Significant assumptions       in base case  Sensitivity   of investment  Sensitivity   of investment 
 31 December 2021               valuations       factor        GBP'000s       factor        GBP'000s 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
Discount rate                        6.97%       +1.00%       (245,454)       -1.00%         295,025 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
Inflation rate 
 (overall)                           2.37%       +1.00%         231,029       -1.00%       (197,787) 
UK (CPI/RPI)                   2.00%/2.75%       +1.00%         179,431       -1.00%       (151,850) 
Europe                               2.00%       +1.00%          40,393       -1.00%        (35,843) 
North America                        2.00%       +1.00%             738       -1.00%         (1,218) 
Australia                            2.50%       +1.00%          10,451       -1.00%         (8,875) 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
FX rate                                N/A      +10.00%          63,273      -10.00%        (63,279) 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
Tax rate                            25.47%       +1.00%        (13,757)       -1.00%          13,541 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
Deposit rate                         1.04%       +1.00%          24,626       -1.00%        (13,723) 
------------------------  ----------------  -----------  --------------  -----------  -------------- 
 
 
                                  Weighted                    Change in                    Change in 
                              average rate                   fair value                   fair value 
Significant assumptions       in base case  Sensitivity   of investment  Sensitivity   of investment 
 31 December 2020               valuations       factor        GBP'000s       factor        GBP'000s 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
Discount rate                        6.97%       +1.00%       (224,463)       -1.00%         272,586 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
Inflation rate 
 (overall)                           2.40%       +1.00%         259,082       -1.00%       (213,162) 
UK (CPI/RPI)                   2.00%/2.75%       +1.00%         207,854       -1.00%       (167,786) 
Europe                               2.00%       +1.00%          39,622       -1.00%        (34,525) 
North America                        2.00%       +1.00%             916       -1.00%         (1,525) 
Australia                            2.50%       +1.00%          10,682       -1.00%         (9,309) 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
FX rate                                N/A      +10.00%          62,014      -10.00%        (62,007) 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
Tax rate                            21.66%       +1.00%        (20,082)       -1.00%          18,937 
========================  ================  ===========  ==============  ===========  ============== 
Deposit rate                         1.05%       +1.00%          23,369       -1.00%        (23,225) 
------------------------  ----------------  -----------  --------------  -----------  -------------- 
 

12. Investments

2021

 
                                                                   Consideration        % Ownership 
 Date of investment      Description                                    GBP'000s    post investment 
====================  ==========================================  ==============  ================= 
                       The Group made an investment into 
                        toob, utilising part of its commitment 
                        to invest in digital infrastructure, 
 April 2021             UK                                                14,270                46.1% 
                       The Group made an investment into 
 June 2021              the Offenbach police centre, Germany               8,073                  45% 
                       The Group made an investment in the 
                        Beatrice offshore transmission project, 
 July 2021              UK                                                49,751                 100% 
                       The Group made an investment to acquire 
                        an additional interest in Angel Trains, 
 September 2021         UK                                                97,496                  10% 
                       The Group made an investment in the 
                        Rampion offshore transmission project, 
 November 2021          UK                                                35,400                 100% 
 November 2021         The Group made an investment to acquire            29,074              Various 
                        interests in a portfolio of Building 
                        Schools for the Future and UK PPP 
                        projects, UK 
                       The Group made an investment to acquire 
                        an interest in a portfolio of Danish 
 December 2021          PPP projects, Denmark                             14,045                66.7% 
 December 2021         The Group made an investment to acquire             3,053              Various 
                        interests in a small portfolio UK 
                        PPP projects, UK 
                       The Group made a follow on investment 
                        into the Diabolo Rail Link Project, 
 December 2021          Belgium                                            1,563                 100% 
 Total capital spend on investments during the year                      252,725 
================================================================  ==============  ================= 
 

2020

 
                                                                     Consideration        % Ownership 
 Date of investment      Description                                      GBP'000s    post investment 
====================  ============================================  ==============  ================= 
                       The Group made further investments 
 January - December     as part of its commitment to the National 
  2020                  Digital Infrastructure Fund, UK                      9,489                  45% 
                       The Group made a follow on investment 
                        into the Essex 1 and 2 Building Schools 
 May 2020               for the Future projects, UK                          6,655           28% - 100% 
                       The Group made a series of follow 
                        on investments into the Bradford Phases 
                        1 & 2, and Lewisham Phases 1 to 4 
                        Building Schools for the Future projects,                               15.5% - 
 August 2020            UK                                                   3,636                  54% 
                       The Group made a follow on investment 
                        into the Blackburn 1 and 2 Building 
 October 2020           Schools for the Future projects, UK                  1,136                 100% 
                       The Group made a follow on investment 
                        into the Diabolo Rail Link Project, 
 December 2020          Belgium                                              9,068                 100% 
 Total capital spend on investments during the year                         29,984 
==================================================================  ==============  ================= 
 
   13.     TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 
 
                                      31 December    31 December 
                                             2021           2020 
                                         GBP'000s       GBP'000s 
-----------------------------------  ------------  ------------- 
 Accrued interest receivable               52,657         40,769 
 Other debtors                              4,721          1,419 
-----------------------------------  ------------  ------------- 
 Total trade and other receivables         57,378         42,188 
-----------------------------------  ------------  ------------- 
 

Other debtors included GBP1.2 million (December 2020: GBP1.1 million) of receivables from unconsolidated subsidiary entities for surrender of Group tax losses.

   14.     Trade and Other Payables 
 
                                   31 December    31 December 
                                          2021           2020 
                                      GBP'000s       GBP'000s 
--------------------------------  ------------  ------------- 
 Accrued management fee                  8,308          7,790 
 Other creditors and accruals            2,289          1,526 
--------------------------------  ------------  ------------- 
 Total trade and other payables         10,597          9,316 
--------------------------------  ------------  ------------- 
 
 
   15.     Share Capital and Reserves 
 
                                                   31 December  31 December 
                                                          2021         2020 
                                                        shares       shares 
Share capital                                            '000s        '000s 
================================================   ===========  =========== 
 Authorised and in issue at 1 January                1,620,953    1,610,795 
 Issued for cash                                        81,818            - 
 Issued as a scrip dividend alternative                  3,333       10,158 
=================================================  ===========  =========== 
 Authorised and in issue at 31 December - fully 
  paid                                               1,706,104    1,620,953 
=================================================  ===========  =========== 
 
 
                                            31 December  31 December 
                                                   2021         2020 
                                               GBP'000s     GBP'000s 
=========================================   ===========  =========== 
 Balance at 1 January                         1,769,582    1,753,840 
==========================================  ===========  =========== 
 
 Issued for cash (excluding issue costs)        135,000            - 
 Issued as a scrip dividend alternative           5,629       15,742 
==========================================  ===========  =========== 
 Total share capital issued in the year         140,629       15,742 
==========================================  ===========  =========== 
 Costs on issue of Ordinary Shares              (1,362)            - 
==========================================  ===========  =========== 
 Balance at 31 December                       1,908,849    1,769,582 
==========================================  ===========  =========== 
 

At present, the Company has one class of Ordinary Shares with a par value of 0.01 pence which carry no right to fixed income.

On 4 June 2021, 2,602,941 new Ordinary fully paid shares were issued as a scrip dividend alternative in lieu of cash for the interim dividend in respect of the six months ended 31 December 2020.

On 13 July 2021, the Group raised an additional GBP135 million of equity through a tap issue of 81,818,178 Ordinary Shares at an issue price per share of 165 pence.

On 17 November 2021, 729,570 new Ordinary fully paid shares were issued as a scrip dividend alternative in lieu of cash for the interim dividend in respect of the six months ended 30 June 2021.

 
                              31 December  31 December 
                                     2021         2020 
Other distributable reserve      GBP'000s     GBP'000s 
----------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 1 January              182,481      182,481 
Movement in the year                    -            - 
----------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
Balance at 31 December            182,481      182,481 
----------------------------  -----------  ----------- 
 

On 19 January 2007, the Company applied to the Royal Court of Guernsey, following the initial placing of shares, to reduce its share premium account. This was in order to provide a distributable reserve to enable the Company to repurchase its shares if and when the Board of Directors consider it beneficial to do so. Following court approval, the distributable reserve account was created.

 
                          31 December  31 December 
                                 2021         2020 
Retained earnings            GBP'000s     GBP'000s 
========================  ===========  =========== 
Balance at 1 January          432,373      488,918 
Net profit for the year       129,211       60,713 
Dividends paid(1)           (124,114)    (117,258) 
========================  ===========  =========== 
Balance at 31 December        437,470      432,373 
========================  ===========  =========== 
 
   1        Includes scrip element of GBP5.6 million in 2021 (December 2020: GBP15.7 million). 

DIVIDS

The Board is satisfied that, in every respect, the solvency test as required by the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008, was satisfied for the proposed dividend and the dividend paid in respect of the year ended 31 December 2021.

The Board has approved interim dividends as follows:

 
                                                          Year ended    Year ended 
                                                         31 December   31 December 
                                                                2021          2020 
                                                            GBP'000s      GBP'000s 
======================================================  ============  ============ 
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity 
 holders for the year ended 31 December                   124,114(1)       117,258 
Declared and proposed 
 Interim dividend for the period 1 January to 30 
 June 2021 was 3.78 pence per share (2020: 3.68 
 pence per share)                                             64,463        59,430 
Interim dividend for the period 1 July to 31 December 
 2021 was 3.77 pence per share(2) (2020: 3.68 pence 
 per share)                                                   64,320        59,651 
======================================================  ============  ============ 
 
   1        Includes the 2020 interim dividend for the period 1 July to 31 December 2020. 

2 The dividend for the period 1 July to 31 December 2021 was approved by the Board on 23 March 2022 and therefore has not been included as a liability in the balance sheet for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Capital risk management

The Group seeks to efficiently manage its financial resources to ensure that it is able to continue as a going concern while providing improved returns to shareholders through the management of the debt and equity balances. The capital structure consists of the Group's corporate debt facility and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings. The Group aims to deliver its objective by investing available cash and using leverage whilst maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet ongoing expenses and dividend payments. The Group's investment policy is set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 63.

The Group's Investment Adviser reviews the capital structure on a semi-annual basis. As part of this review, the Investment Adviser considers the cost of capital and the associated risks.

   16.     Net Assets per Share 
 
                                                   31 December    31 December 
                                                          2021           2020 
                                                      GBP'000s       GBP'000s 
----------------------------------------------   -------------  ------------- 
Net assets attributable to equity holders of 
 the parent                                          2,528,800      2,384,436 
-----------------------------------------------  -------------  ------------- 
 
                                                        Number         Number 
----------------------------------------------   -------------  ------------- 
Number of shares 
Ordinary Shares outstanding at the end of the 
 year                                            1,706,103,581  1,620,952,892 
-----------------------------------------------  -------------  ------------- 
Net assets per share (pence per share)                   148.2          147.1 
-----------------------------------------------  -------------  ------------- 
 
   17.     Related Party Transactions 

Details of the Company's significant consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries are included in note 20.

During the period, Group companies entered into certain transactions with related parties that are not members of the Group but are related parties by reason of being in the same group as Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited, which is the ultimate holding company of the Investment Adviser, Amber Fund Management Limited ('AFML').

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement ('IAA'), AFML was appointed to provide investment advisory services to the Group including advising the Group as to the strategic management of its portfolio of investments.

AFML and International Public Partnerships GP Limited are subsidiary companies of Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited ('Amber Group'), in which Mr G Frost is a Director and also a substantial shareholder.

Mr G Frost is also a Director of International Public Partnerships Limited (the 'Company'); International Public Partnerships Lux 1 Sarl; (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group); and certain other companies in which the Group indirectly has an investment. The transactions with the Amber Group are considered related party transactions under IAS 24 'Related Party Disclosures'.

The Director's fees of GBP48,500 (2020: GBP45,900) for Mr G Frost's directorship of the Company are paid to his employer, Amber Infrastructure Limited (a member of the Amber Group).

The amounts of the transactions in the year that were related party transactions are set out in the table below:

 
                                                                          Amounts owing to 
                                         Related party expense            related parties in 
                                        in the Income Statement           the Balance Sheet 
                                     ----------------------------  ------------------------------ 
                                           For the        For the 
                                        year ended     year ended                              At 
                                       31 December    31 December   At 31 December    31 December 
                                              2021           2020             2021           2020 
                                          GBP'000s       GBP'000s         GBP'000s       GBP'000s 
-----------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ------------- 
 International Public Partnerships 
  GP Limited(1)                             26,173         25,888            8,308          7,790 
 Amber Fund Management Limited(2)            3,896            286              247             17 
-----------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ------------- 
 Total                                      30,069         26,174            8,555          7,807 
-----------------------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------  ------------- 
 
 
   1        Represents amounts paid to related parties for investment advisory fees. 

2 Represents amounts paid to related parties to acquire or make investments or advisory fees associated with investments which are subsequently recorded in the balance sheet.

Investment advisory arrangements

Investment advisory fees payable during the period are calculated as follows:

For existing construction assets:

   -       1.2% per annum of gross asset value of investments bearing construction risk. 

For existing fully operational assets:

- 1.2% per annum of the gross asset value ('GAV') excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings up to GBP750 million;

- 1.0% per annum where GAV (excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings) is between GBP750 million and GBP1.5 billion;

- 0.9% per annum where GAV (excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings) is between GBP1.5 billion and GBP2.75 billion;

- 0.8% per annum where GAV (excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings) value exceeds GBP2.75 billion.

Asset origination fees in connection with new acquisitions are charged at a rate of 1.5% of the value of new acquisitions.

The IAA can be terminated where less than 95% of the Group's assets are available for use for certain periods and the Investment Adviser fails to implement a remediation plan agreed with the Group. The IAA may also be terminated by either party giving to the other five years notice of termination, expiring at any time after 10 years from the date of the IAA.

As at 31 December 2021, the Amber Group held 8,002,379 (December 2020: 8,002,379) shares in the Company. The shares held by the Investment Adviser in the Company helps further strengthen the alignment of interests between the two parties.

During the year the Company acquired interests in a small portfolio of UK PPP investments from an affiliate of the Company's Investment Adviser, Amber. The interests were acquired for GBP3.1 million following an independent valuation of the assets. Further interests in the portfolio representing up to GBP3.0 million will be acquired over the coming months. Protocols provided in the Company's Investment Advisory Agreement were followed with respect to the sale of the Projects from Amber to INPP, including the establishment of separate buy side and sell side teams within Amber.

Transactions with directors

Shares acquired by Directors in the year are disclosed below:

 
                                               Number of New Ordinary Shares 
                                          Year ended               Year ended 
                                    31 December 2021              31 December 
 Director                                                                2020 
==================  ================================  ======================= 
 Mike Gerrard                                      -                   22,330 
 Julia Bond                                   24,072                    5,358 
 Sally Ann David                              30,303                        - 
 Meriel Lenfestey                                  -                    9,979 
 John Le Poidevin                             30,303                        - 
 Claire Whittet                                1,654                    3,460 
 Giles Frost                                  27,567                   26,276 
 Total purchased                             113,899                   67,403 
==================  ================================  ======================= 
 

Remuneration paid to the Non-Executive Directors is disclosed on page 68. Directors received dividends on total shares held as disclosed on page 68, in accordance with the approved dividends detailed under note 15.

   18.     Contingent Liabilities and commitments 

As at 31 December 2021 the Group has committed funding of up to c.GBP44.7 million (December 2020: c.GBP46.8 million), which includes committed investment amounts as noted in the Strategic Report on page 21, and a deferred commitment of GBP14.5 million for BeNEX (December 2020: GBP18.2 million) which is due to be settled from future returns generated by BeNEX.

There were no contingent liabilities at the date of this report.

   19.     Events after THE Balance Sheet Date 

In March 2022, the Company reached preferred bidder status for Moray East OFTO. The Company expects to make an investment of up to GBP75 million later in the year.

   20.     Other Mandatory Disclosures 

New standards that the Group has applied from 1 January 2021

Standards and amendments to standards applicable to the Group that became effective during the period are listed below. These have no material impact on the reported performance or financial statements of the Group.

- Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Phase 2 - Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 (1 January 2021);

Standards issued but not yet effective

Standards applicable to the Group which are issued but not yet effective up to the date of issuance of the Group's financial statements are listed below. This listing is of standards and interpretations issued, which the Group reasonably expects to be applicable at a future date. The Group intends to adopt these standards when they become effective, however does not currently anticipate the standards to have a significant impact on the Group's financial statements. Current assumptions regarding the impact of future standards will remain under consideration in light of interpretation notes as and when they are issued.

   -       Annual improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 (1 January 2022); 

Unconsolidated subsidiaries

A list of the significant investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation as at 31 December 2021 and proportion of ownership is shown below:

 
                                                 Place of incorporation        Proportion of 
                                                      (or registration)   ownership interest 
    Name                                                  and operation                    % 
==============================================  =======================  =================== 
  Abingdon Limited Partnership                                       UK                  100 
  Aggregator PLC                                                     UK                  100 
  Access Justice Durham Limited                                  Canada                  100 
  AKS Betriebs GmbH & Co. KG                                    Germany                   98 
  Arden Partnership (Derby) Limited                                  UK                   50 
  Arden Partnership (Lincolnshire) 
   Limited                                                           UK                   50 
  Arden Partnership (Leicester) Limited                              UK                   50 
  BBPP Alberta Schools Limited                                   Canada                  100 
  Blackburn with Darwen Phase 1 Limited                              UK                  100 
  Blackburn with Darwen Phase 2 Limited                              UK                  100 
  BPSL No. 2 Limited Partnership                                     UK                  100 
  Building Schools for the Future Investments 
   LLP                                                               UK                  100 
  Calderdale Schools Partnership                                     UK                  100 
  CHP Unit Trust                                              Australia                  100 
  Derby City BSF Limited                                             UK                   90 
  Derbyshire Courts Limited Partnership                              UK                  100 
  Derbyshire Schools                                                 UK                  100 
  Derbyshire Schools Phase Two Partnership                           UK                  100 
  Essex Schools Limited                                              UK                  100 
  Future Ealing Phase 1 Limited                                      UK                   80 
  4 Futures Phase 1 Limited                                          UK                   90 
  4 Futures Phase 2 Limited                                          UK                   90 
  Hertfordshire Schools Building Partnership 
   Phase 1 Limited                                                   UK                  100 
  H&W Courts Limited Partnership                                     UK                  100 
  INPP Infrastructure Germany GmbH 
   & Co. KG                                                     Germany                  100 
  Inspire Partnership Limited Partnership                            UK                  100 
  IPP CCC Limited Partnership                                   Ireland                  100 
  Inspiredspaces Durham (Project Co 
   1) Limited                                                        UK                   91 
  Kent PFI (Project Co 1) Limited                                    UK                   58 
  Inspiredspaces Nottingham (Project 
   Co 1) Limited                                                     UK                   82 
  Inspiredspaces Nottingham (Project 
   Co 2) Limited                                                     UK                   82 
  Inspiredspaces STaG (Project Co 1) 
   Limited                                                           UK                 90.1 
  Inspiredspaces STaG (Project Co 2) 
   Limited                                                           UK                 90.1 
  Inspiredspaces Wolverhampton (Project 
   Co 1) Limited                                                     UK                  100 
  Inspiredspaces Wolverhampton (Project 
   Co 2) Limited                                                     UK                  100 
  Transform Islington (Phase 1) Limited                              UK                   90 
  Transform Islington (Phase 2) Limited                              UK                   90 
  IPP (Moray Schools) Holdings Limited                               UK                  100 
  LCV Project Trust                                           Australia                  100 
  Lewisham Schools for the Future SPV 
   Limited                                                           UK                   90 
  Lewisham Schools for the Future SPV 
   2 Limited                                                         UK                   90 
  Lewisham Schools for the Future SPV 
   3 Limited                                                         UK                   90 
  Lewisham Schools for the Future SPV 
   3 Limited                                                         UK                   81 
  Maesteg School Partnership                                         UK                  100 
  Norfolk Limited Partnership                                        UK                  100 
  Northampton Schools Limited Partnership                            UK                  100 
  Northern Diabolo N.V.                                         Belgium                  100 
  Oldham BSF Limited                                                 UK                   99 
  OPP Hobro Tinglysningsret A/S                                 Denmark                 66.7 
  OPP Ørstedskolen A/S                                     Denmark                 66.7 
  OPP Vildbjerg Skole A/S                                       Denmark                 66.7 
  OPP Randers P-Hus A/A                                         Denmark                 66.7 
  PSBP Midlands Limited                                              UK                 92.5 
  Pinnacle Healthcare (OAHS) Trust                            Australia                  100 
  Plot B Partnership                                                 UK                  100 
  St Thomas More School Partnership                                  UK                  100 
  PPP Solutions (Long Bay) Partnership                        Australia                  100 
  PPP Solutions (Showgrounds) Trust                           Australia                  100 
  Strathclyde Limited Partnership                                    UK                  100 
  TH Schools Limited Partnership                                     UK                  100 
  TC Robin Rigg OFTO Limited                                         UK                  100 
  TC Barrow OFTO Limited                                             UK                  100 
  TC Gunfleet Sands OFTO Limited                                     UK                  100 
  TC Ormonde OFTO Limited                                            UK                  100 
  TC Lincs OFTO Limited                                              UK                  100 
  TC Westermost Rough OFTO Limited                                   UK                  100 
  TC Dudgeon OFTO PLC                                                UK                  100 
  TC Beatrice OFTO Limited                                           UK                  100 
  TC Rampion OFTO Limited                                            UK                  100 
----------------------------------------------  -----------------------  ------------------- 
 

The entities listed above in aggregate represent 58.2% (December 2020: 58.1%) of investments at fair value through profit or loss. The remaining fair value is driven from joint ventures, associate interests and minority stakes held by the Group.

C onsolidated s ubsidiaries

The subsidiary undertakings of the Company, all of which have been included in these consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 
                                             Place of incorporation        Proportion of 
                                                  (or registration)   ownership interest 
 Name                                                 and operation                    % 
==========================================  =======================  =================== 
International Public Partnerships Limited 
 Partnership                                                     UK                  100 
International Public Partnerships Lux 
 1 Sarl                                                  Luxembourg                  100 
International Public Partnerships Lux 
 2 Sarl                                                  Luxembourg                  100 
IPP Bond Limited                                                 UK                  100 
IPP Holdings 1 Limited                                           UK                  100 
IPP Investments UK Limited                                       UK                  100 
IPP Investments Limited Partnership                              UK                  100 
==========================================  =======================  =================== 
 
   21.     Investments 

The Group holds 142 investments across energy transmission, education, transport, health, courts, wastewater, police, military housing and other sectors. The table overleaf sets out the Group's investments that are recorded at fair value through profit or loss.

 
                                                                          Per cent. 
                                                   Status at           Risk Capital 
                                                    31 December        Owned by the        Investment 
 Investment Name                       Country      2021                   Group(1)               end 
====================================  ==========  =============  ==================  ================ 
 UK 
 UK PPP Assets 
 Calderdale Schools                    UK          Operational                100.0        April 2030 
 Derbyshire Schools Phase 
  Two                                  UK          Operational                100.0     February 2032 
                                                                                             December 
 Northamptonshire Schools              UK          Operational                100.0              2037 
 Derbyshire Courts                     UK          Operational                100.0       August 2028 
 Derbyshire Schools Phase 
  One                                  UK          Operational                100.0        April 2029 
 North Wales Police HQ                 UK          Operational                100.0     December 2028 
 St Thomas More Schools                UK          Operational                100.0        April 2028 
 Tower Hamlets Schools                 UK          Operational                100.0       August 2027 
 Norfolk Police HQ                     UK          Operational                100.0     December 2036 
 Strathclyde Police Training                                                                September 
  Centre                               UK          Operational             100.0(2)              2026 
 Hereford & Worcester Courts           UK          Operational             100.0(2)         September 
                                                                                                 2025 
 Abingdon Police Station               UK          Operational                100.0        April 2030 
 Bootle Government Offices             UK          Operational                100.0          December 
                                                                                                 2022 
 Maesteg Schools                       UK          Operational                100.0         July 2033 
 Moray Schools                         UK          Operational                100.0          February 
                                                                                                 2042 
 Liverpool Library                     UK          Operational                100.0          November 
                                                                                                 2037 
 Three Shires - Derbyshire             UK          Operational                 50.0      October 2037 
 Three Shires - Leicestershire         UK          Operational                 50.0         June 2037 
 Three Shires - Lincolnshire           UK          Operational                 50.0          May 3028 
 Townlands Hospital                    UK          Operational                100.0     November 2041 
 Priority Schools Building Aggregator 
  Programme 
 Batch 1 - Schools in North            UK          Operational               0.0(2)       August 2040 
  East England 
 Batch 2 - Schools in Hertfordshire, 
  Luton and Reading                    UK          Operational               0.0(2)     November 2040 
 Batch 3 - Schools in North            UK          Operational               0.0(2)       August 2041 
  West of England 
 Batch 4 - Schools in the              UK          Operational              92.5(2)          December 
  Midlands Region                                                                                2041 
 Batch 5 - Schools in Yorkshire        UK          Operational               0.0(2)         September 
                                                                                                 2041 
 OFTOs 
 Robin Rigg OFTO                       UK          Operational             100.0(2)        March 2031 
 Gunfleet Sands OFTO                   UK          Operational             100.0(2)         July 2031 
 Barrow OFTO                           UK          Operational             100.0(2)        March 2030 
 Ormonde OFTO                          UK          Operational             100.0(2)         July 2032 
 Lincs OFTO                            UK          Operational                100.0          November 
                                                                                                 2034 
 Westermost Rough OFTO                 UK          Operational                100.0     February 2036 
 Dudgeon OFTO                          UK          Operational                100.0     November 2038 
 Beatrice OFTO                         UK          Operational                100.0        April 2045 
 Rampion OFTO                          UK          Operational                100.0     November 2041 
 Building Schools for the 
  Future Portfolio 
 Minority Shareholdings 
  in 22 
  Building Schools for the 
  Future Projects                      UK          Operational              Various           Various 
 Blackburn with Darwen Phase           UK          Operational                100.0         September 
  One                                                                                            2036 
 Blackburn with Darwen Phase           UK          Operational                100.0         September 
  Two                                                                                            2039 
 Derby City                            UK          Operational                 90.0       August 2037 
 Durham Schools                        UK          Operational                 91.0      January 2036 
 Ealing Schools Phase One              UK          Operational                 80.0        March 2038 
 Essex Phase Two                       UK          Operational                100.0     December 2036 
 Hertfordshire Schools Phase           UK          Operational              100.0       August 2037 
  One 
 Islington Phase One                   UK          Operational               90.0       August 2034 
 Islington Phase Two                   UK          Operational               90.0        March 2039 
 Lewisham Phase 1                      UK          Operational               90.0          December 
                                                                                               2034 
 Lewisham Phase 2                      UK          Operational               90.0       August 2037 
 Lewisham Phase 3                      UK          Operational               90.0       August 2037 
 Lewisham Phase 4                      UK          Operational               81.0        March 2038 
 Oldham Schools                        UK          Operational               99.0       August 2037 
 Tameside Schools One                  UK          Operational               46.0       August 2036 
 Tameside Schools Two                  UK          Operational               46.0       August 2037 
 Nottingham Schools One                UK          Operational               82.0       August 2034 
 Nottingham Schools Two                UK          Operational               82.0       August 2038 
 South Tyneside and Gateshead          UK          Operational               90.1      October 2034 
  Schools One 
 South Tyneside and Gateshead          UK          Operational               90.1         September 
  Schools Two                                                                                  2036 
 Southwark Phase One                   UK          Operational               90.0           January 
                                                                                               2036 
 Southwark Phase Two                   UK          Operational               90.0          December 
                                                                                               2036 
 Wolverhampton Schools Phase           UK          Operational              100.0         September 
  One                                                                                          2037 
 Wolverhampton Schools Phase           UK          Operational              100.0       August 2040 
  Two 
 Kent Schools                          UK          Operational               58.0       August 2035 
 NHS LIFT Portfolio 
 Beckenham Hospital                    UK          Operational               49.8          December 
                                                                                               2033 
 Garland Road Health Centre            UK          Operational               49.8          December 
                                                                                               2031 
 Alexandra Avenue Primary 
  Care Centre, Monks Park 
  Health Centre (two projects)         UK          Operational               49.8         June 2031 
 Gem Centre Bentley Bridge, 
  Phoenix Centre                                                                           December 
  (two projects)                       UK          Operational               49.8              2030 
 Sudbury Health Centre                 UK          Operational               49.8          November 
                                                                                               2032 
 Mt Vernon                             UK          Operational               49.8          December 
                                                                                               2033 
 Lakeside                              UK          Operational               49.8          November 
                                                                                               2032 
 Fishponds Primary Care 
  Centre, Hampton House Health                                                              January 
  Centre (two projects)                UK          Operational               33.4              2031 
 Shirehampton Primary Care 
  Centre, Whitchurch Primary 
  Care Centre (two projects)           UK          Operational               33.4          May 2032 
 Blackbird Leys Health Centre, 
  East Oxford Care Centre 
  (two projects)                       UK          Operational               33.4          May 2031 
 Brierley Hill                         UK          Operational               34.3        April 2035 
 Ridge Hill Learning Disabilities 
  Centre, Stourbridge Health 
  & Social Care Centre                                                                      October 
  (two projects)                       UK          Operational               34.3              2031 
 Harrow NRC (three projects)           UK          Operational               49.8         June 2034 
 Goscote Palliative Care               UK          Operational               49.8          November 
  Centre                                                                                       2035 
 South Bristol Community               UK          Operational               33.4          February 
  Hospital                                                                                     2042 
 East London LIFT Project              UK          Operational               30.0           October 
  One (four projects)                                                                          2030 
 East London LIFT Project              UK          Operational               30.0        April 2033 
  Two (three projects) 
 East London LIFT Project 
  Three 
  (Newby Place)                        UK          Operational               30.0          May 2037 
 East London LIFT Project              UK          Operational               30.0       August 2036 
  Four (two projects) 
 Eltham Community Hospital             UK          Operational               49.8      January 2040 
 Other UK 
 Angel Trains                          UK          Operational                 10.0          December 
                                                                                                 2058 
 Tideway                               UK          Construction               15.99        March 2150 
 Cadent                                UK          Operational                 7.25         June 2069 
 National Digital Infrastructure       UK          Operational                 45.0         July 2027 
  Fund 
 Australia 
 Royal Melbourne Showgrounds           Australia   Operational                100.0       August 2031 
 Long Bay Forensic & Prisons           Australia   Operational                100.0         July 2034 
  Hospital Project 
 Reliance Rail                         Australia   Operational                 33.0          February 
                                                                                                 2044 
 Royal Children's Hospital             Australia   Operational                100.0          December 
                                                                                                 2036 
 Orange Hospital                       Australia   Operational                100.0          December 
                                                                                                 2035 
 NSW Schools                           Australia   Operational                 25.0          December 
                                                                                                 2035 
 Gold Coast Rapid Transport            Australia   Operational                 30.0          May 2029 
 Victoria Schools Two                  Australia   Operational                100.0          December 
                                                                                                 2042 
 Flinders University                   Australia   Construction               100.0        March 2049 
 North America 
 Alberta Schools                       Canada      Operational                100.0         June 2040 
 Durham Courts                         Canada      Operational                100.0          November 
                                                                                                 2039 
 US Military Housing                   US          Operational               0.0(2)      October 2052 
 Europe (ex UK) 
 Diabolo Rail Link                     Belgium     Operational                100.0         June 2047 
 Dublin Courts                         Ireland     Operational                100.0          February 
                                                                                                 2035 
 BeNEX                                 Germany     Operational                100.0          December 
                                                                                                 2049 
 Federal German Ministry 
  of Education and Research 
  Headquarters                         Germany     Operational                 98.0         July 2041 
 Pforzheim Schools                     Germany     Operational                 98.0         September 
                                                                                                 2039 
 Offenbach Police Centre               Germany     Construction                45.0         June 2050 
 Brescia Hospital                      Italy       Operational                 37.0          November 
                                                                                                 2021 
 Hobro Court                           Denmark     Operational                 66.7     December 2027 
 Randers Hospital Parking              Denmark     Operational                 66.7        April 2041 
  Facility 
 Ø rsted School                   Denmark     Operational                 66.7         June 2038 
 Vildbjerg School                      Denmark     Operational                 66.7     December 2036 
====================================  ==========  =============  ==================  ================ 
 
 
   1        Risk Capital includes project level equity and/or subordinated shareholder debt 

2 Investment contains senior or mezzanine debt in addition to any Risk Capital ownership shown

GLOSSARY INCLUDING ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

AGM

The Company's Annual General Meeting

AIC

Association of Investment Companies'

AFML

Amber Fund Management Limited, a member of the Amber Group

Amber / Amber Infrastructure

The Company's Investment Adviser (Amber Fund Management Limited and its corporate group).

Amber Group

Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries

APMs

In accordance with ESMA Guidelines on Alternative Performance Measures ('APMs') the Board has considered what APMs are included in the Annual Report and financial statements which require further clarification. An APM is defined as a financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flows, other than a financial measure defined or specified in the applicable financial reporting framework. APMs included in the Annual Report and financial statements are identified as non-GAAP measures and are defined within this glossary.

ASCE

American Society of Civil Engineers

Average NAV

Average of published NAVs for the relevant periods

BEPS

Base Erosion and Profit Shifting

BSF

Building schools for future projects

Cash Dividend cover

Non-GAAP measure. Cash dividend payments to investors covered by the Net operating cash flow before capital activity. This measure shows the sustainability of the dividend payments made by the Company. Net operating cash flows before capital activity include net repayments from Investments at Fair Value through profit and loss and finance costs paid and exclude investment transaction costs when compared to net cash inflows from operations as disclosed in the statutory cash flow statement in the financial statements.

CDF

The Company's corporate debt facility

CMA

Competition and Markets Authority

CSR

Corporate Social Responsibility

CPI

Consumer Price Index

CPIH

CPI including owner occupied housing costs)

Dividend Growth

Non-GAAP measure. Represents the growth in dividend per share paid to shareholders compared to the prior year. This measure provides information on the Company's dividend performance. Dividends paid and number of issued shares can be found disclosed in the financial statements and notes to the financial statements.

Dividend per share

Non-GAAP measure. Represents dividends paid per Ordinary share issued, as disclosed in the financial statements. This measure provides information on the Company's dividend performance. Dividends paid and number of issued shares can be found disclosed in the financial statements and notes to the financial statements.

EAT

European Assets Trust

ESG

Environmental, Social and Governance

EU Taxonomy

EU Taxonomy for Sustainable Activities

FCA

Financial Conduct Authority

FRC

The Financial Reporting Council

GAV

Gross asset value

GDNs

Gas distribution networks

GFSC

The Guernsey Financial Services Commission

GHG

Greenhouse gas emissions

GRESB Infrastructure

The Infrastructure Asset Assessment assesses ESG performance at the asset level for infrastructure asset operators, fund managers and investors that invest directly in infrastructure.

HMRB

Flinders University Health and Medical Research Building

IAA

Investment Advisory Agreement

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards

International Public Partnerships

The 'Company', 'INPP', the 'Group' (where including consolidated entities))

Investment Adviser

Amber (see above)

IPO

Initial public offering

IRR

The internal rate of return

Hunt

Amber's long-term investor, US Group, Hunt Companies LLC

KPIs

Key performance indicators

LIBOR

The London Inter-Bank Offered Rate is an interest-rate average calculated from estimates submitted by the leading banks in London

NDIF

National Digital Infrastructure Fund

Net Asset Value ('NAV')

Non-GAAP measure. Represents the equity attributable to equity holders of the parent in the Balance Sheet. This terminology is used as it is common investment sector terminology and so is the most understandable to the users of the Annual Report. Components of NAV are further discussed throughout the Annual Report, including from page 30.

Net Asset Value ('NAV') per share

Non-GAAP measure. Represents the equity attributable per share to equity holders of the parent in the Balance

Sheet.   This terminology is used as it is common investment sector terminology and so is the most understandable to the users of the Annual Report. 

Net operating cash flows before capital activity

Non-GAAP measure. Represents the cash flows from the Company's operations before capital activity relating to the acquisition of new investments, issues of new capital or payment of dividends. This approach is used to provide investors with an indication of cash flows generated from operational activity and is used as part of the cash dividend cover calculations. Components of net operating cash flows before capital activity are further discussed throughout the Annual Report, including from page 28.

Net Zero

Net Zero refers to balancing the amount of emitted greenhouse gases with the equivalent emissions that are either offset or sequestered. This should primarily be achieved through a rapid reduction in carbon emissions, but where zero carbon cannot be achieved, offsetting through carbon credits or sequestration through rewilding or carbon capture and storage needs to be utilised.

OECD

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

OFTO

Offshore Electricity Transmission project

PFI

Projects and private finance initiative

Portfolio Inflation-linked return / Inflation-linked cash flows

Non-GAAP measure. Calculated by running a 'plus 1.00%' inflation sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment's discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked cash flows is the increase in the portfolio weighted average discount rate. This measure provides an indication of the portfolio's inflation protection. There is no near comparable in the financial statements.

PPP

Public-private partnerships

PRI

The UN-backed Principles for Responsible Investment

PwC

The Company's auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers CI LLP

RNS

Regulatory news service

RPI

UK Retail Price Index

Scope 1 emissions

direct emissions from owned or controlled sources.

Scope 2 emissions

indirect emissions from the generation of purchased energy.

Scope 3 emissions

all indirect emissions (not included in scope 2) that occur in the value chain of the reporting company, including both upstream and downstream emissions.

SDGs

Sustainable Development Goals

SDR

The proposed UK Sustainability Disclosure Requirements

SFDR

The EU Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation

SONIA

SONIA is the effective reference for overnight indexed swaps for unsecured transactions in the Sterling market

SPV

Special Purpose Vehicle

TCFD

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

The Company

International Public Partnerships Limited

TOCs

Train operating companies

Total Shareholder Return ('TSR')

Non-GAAP measure. Share price appreciation plus dividends assumed to be reinvested since IPO. The total return based on the NAV appreciation plus dividends paid since the IPO. There is no direct reconciliation to the financial statements, being a calculation instead

derived from the Company's share price. However a nearest comparison were this measure based on a figure in the financial statements is provided in the Strategic Report, Investor Relations, Total Shareholder Return paragraph.

Transition risk

Transition risks include policy changes, reputational impacts, and shifts in market preferences, norms and technology. Transition opportunities include those driven by resource efficiency and the development of new technologies, products and services, which could capture new markets and sources of funding.

KEY CONTACTS

 
 Investment Adviser            independent Auditor       Corporate Brokers 
 Amber Fund Management         PricewaterhouseCoopers    Numis Securities Limited 
  Limited                       CI LLP                    31 Gresham Street 
  3 More London Riverside       PO Box 321                London 
  London                        Royal Bank Place          EC2V 7QA 
  SE1 2AQ                       1 Glategny Esplanade 
                                St Peter Port 
                                Guernsey 
                                Channel Islands 
                                GY1 4ND 
 Registered Office             Legal Adviser             Public Relations 
 PO Box 286                    Carey Olsen               FTI Consulting 
  Floor 2, Trafalgar Court      PO Box 98, Carey House    200 Aldersgate 
  Les Banques                   Les Banques               Aldersgate Street 
  Guernsey                      Guernsey                  London 
  Channel Islands               Channel Islands           EC1A 4HD 
  GY1 4LY                       GY1 4BZ 
 
   Administrator and Company 
   Secretary                   Corporate Banker 
 Ocorian Administration        Royal Bank of Scotland 
  (Guernsey) Limited            International 
  PO Box 286                    1 Glategny Esplanade 
  Floor 2, Trafalgar Court      St Peter Port 
  Les Banques                   Guernsey 
  Guernsey                      Channel Islands 
  Channel Islands               GY1 4BQ 
  GY1 4LY 
 

[i] For the full year ended 31 December 2021 unless otherwise stated.

[ii] Cash dividend payments to investors are paid from net operating cash flows before capital activity.

[iii] Future profit projection and dividends cannot be guaranteed. Projections are based on current estimates and may vary in future.

[iv] Calculated by running a 'plus 1.0%' inflation sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment's discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked return is the increase in the portfolio weighted average discount rate.

This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution of this information may apply. For further information, please contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.

RNS may use your IP address to confirm compliance with the terms and conditions, to analyse how you engage with the information contained in this communication, and to share such analysis on an anonymised basis with others as part of our commercial services. For further information about how RNS and the London Stock Exchange use the personal data you provide us, please see our Privacy Policy.

END

FR GRGDXBSDDGDS

(END) Dow Jones Newswires

March 24, 2022 03:59 ET (07:59 GMT)

International Public Par... (LSE:INPP)
Gráfica de Acción Histórica
De Mar 2024 a Abr 2024 Haga Click aquí para más Gráficas International Public Par....
International Public Par... (LSE:INPP)
Gráfica de Acción Histórica
De Abr 2023 a Abr 2024 Haga Click aquí para más Gráficas International Public Par....